1 //===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 //
10 // This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and
11 // builds ASTs.
12 //
13 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14 
15 #ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H
16 #define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H
17 
18 #include "clang/AST/Attr.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/MangleNumberingContext.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/PrettyPrinter.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
27 #include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h"
28 #include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h"
29 #include "clang/Basic/Module.h"
30 #include "clang/Basic/OpenMPKinds.h"
31 #include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h"
32 #include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h"
33 #include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h"
34 #include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h"
35 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
36 #include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h"
37 #include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h"
38 #include "clang/Sema/LocInfoType.h"
39 #include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h"
40 #include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h"
41 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
42 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
43 #include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h"
44 #include "clang/Sema/Weak.h"
45 #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
46 #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
47 #include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"
48 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
49 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
50 #include "llvm/ADT/TinyPtrVector.h"
51 #include <deque>
52 #include <memory>
53 #include <string>
54 #include <vector>
55 
56 namespace llvm {
57   class APSInt;
58   template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo;
59   template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet;
60   class SmallBitVector;
61   class InlineAsmIdentifierInfo;
62 }
63 
64 namespace clang {
65   class ADLResult;
66   class ASTConsumer;
67   class ASTContext;
68   class ASTMutationListener;
69   class ASTReader;
70   class ASTWriter;
71   class ArrayType;
72   class AttributeList;
73   class BlockDecl;
74   class CapturedDecl;
75   class CXXBasePath;
76   class CXXBasePaths;
77   class CXXBindTemporaryExpr;
78   typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath;
79   class CXXConstructorDecl;
80   class CXXConversionDecl;
81   class CXXDestructorDecl;
82   class CXXFieldCollector;
83   class CXXMemberCallExpr;
84   class CXXMethodDecl;
85   class CXXScopeSpec;
86   class CXXTemporary;
87   class CXXTryStmt;
88   class CallExpr;
89   class ClassTemplateDecl;
90   class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl;
91   class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl;
92   class VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl;
93   class CodeCompleteConsumer;
94   class CodeCompletionAllocator;
95   class CodeCompletionTUInfo;
96   class CodeCompletionResult;
97   class Decl;
98   class DeclAccessPair;
99   class DeclContext;
100   class DeclRefExpr;
101   class DeclaratorDecl;
102   class DeducedTemplateArgument;
103   class DependentDiagnostic;
104   class DesignatedInitExpr;
105   class Designation;
106   class EnableIfAttr;
107   class EnumConstantDecl;
108   class Expr;
109   class ExtVectorType;
110   class ExternalSemaSource;
111   class FormatAttr;
112   class FriendDecl;
113   class FunctionDecl;
114   class FunctionProtoType;
115   class FunctionTemplateDecl;
116   class ImplicitConversionSequence;
117   class InitListExpr;
118   class InitializationKind;
119   class InitializationSequence;
120   class InitializedEntity;
121   class IntegerLiteral;
122   class LabelStmt;
123   class LambdaExpr;
124   class LangOptions;
125   class LocalInstantiationScope;
126   class LookupResult;
127   class MacroInfo;
128   typedef ArrayRef<std::pair<IdentifierInfo *, SourceLocation>> ModuleIdPath;
129   class ModuleLoader;
130   class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList;
131   class NamedDecl;
132   class ObjCCategoryDecl;
133   class ObjCCategoryImplDecl;
134   class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl;
135   class ObjCContainerDecl;
136   class ObjCImplDecl;
137   class ObjCImplementationDecl;
138   class ObjCInterfaceDecl;
139   class ObjCIvarDecl;
140   template <class T> class ObjCList;
141   class ObjCMessageExpr;
142   class ObjCMethodDecl;
143   class ObjCPropertyDecl;
144   class ObjCProtocolDecl;
145   class OMPThreadPrivateDecl;
146   class OMPClause;
147   class OverloadCandidateSet;
148   class OverloadExpr;
149   class ParenListExpr;
150   class ParmVarDecl;
151   class Preprocessor;
152   class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage;
153   class PseudoObjectExpr;
154   class QualType;
155   class StandardConversionSequence;
156   class Stmt;
157   class StringLiteral;
158   class SwitchStmt;
159   class TemplateArgument;
160   class TemplateArgumentList;
161   class TemplateArgumentLoc;
162   class TemplateDecl;
163   class TemplateParameterList;
164   class TemplatePartialOrderingContext;
165   class TemplateTemplateParmDecl;
166   class Token;
167   class TypeAliasDecl;
168   class TypedefDecl;
169   class TypedefNameDecl;
170   class TypeLoc;
171   class TypoCorrectionConsumer;
172   class UnqualifiedId;
173   class UnresolvedLookupExpr;
174   class UnresolvedMemberExpr;
175   class UnresolvedSetImpl;
176   class UnresolvedSetIterator;
177   class UsingDecl;
178   class UsingShadowDecl;
179   class ValueDecl;
180   class VarDecl;
181   class VarTemplateSpecializationDecl;
182   class VisibilityAttr;
183   class VisibleDeclConsumer;
184   class IndirectFieldDecl;
185   struct DeductionFailureInfo;
186   class TemplateSpecCandidateSet;
187 
188 namespace sema {
189   class AccessedEntity;
190   class BlockScopeInfo;
191   class CapturedRegionScopeInfo;
192   class CapturingScopeInfo;
193   class CompoundScopeInfo;
194   class DelayedDiagnostic;
195   class DelayedDiagnosticPool;
196   class FunctionScopeInfo;
197   class LambdaScopeInfo;
198   class PossiblyUnreachableDiag;
199   class TemplateDeductionInfo;
200 }
201 
202 namespace threadSafety {
203   class BeforeSet;
204   void threadSafetyCleanup(BeforeSet* Cache);
205 }
206 
207 // FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to
208 // TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion.
209 typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>,
210                   SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack;
211 
212 /// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C.
213 class Sema {
214   Sema(const Sema &) = delete;
215   void operator=(const Sema &) = delete;
216 
217   ///\brief Source of additional semantic information.
218   ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource;
219 
220   ///\brief Whether Sema has generated a multiplexer and has to delete it.
221   bool isMultiplexExternalSource;
222 
223   static bool mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *FD);
224 
225   static bool
shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(const NamedDecl * Old,const NamedDecl * New)226   shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(const NamedDecl *Old, const NamedDecl *New) {
227     // We are about to link these. It is now safe to compute the linkage of
228     // the new decl. If the new decl has external linkage, we will
229     // link it with the hidden decl (which also has external linkage) and
230     // it will keep having external linkage. If it has internal linkage, we
231     // will not link it. Since it has no previous decls, it will remain
232     // with internal linkage.
233     return !Old->isHidden() || New->isExternallyVisible();
234   }
235 
236 public:
237   typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy;
238   typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy;
239   typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy;
240 
241   OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures;
242   FPOptions FPFeatures;
243 
244   const LangOptions &LangOpts;
245   Preprocessor &PP;
246   ASTContext &Context;
247   ASTConsumer &Consumer;
248   DiagnosticsEngine &Diags;
249   SourceManager &SourceMgr;
250 
251   /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics.
252   bool CollectStats;
253 
254   /// \brief Code-completion consumer.
255   CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter;
256 
257   /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing.
258   DeclContext *CurContext;
259 
260   /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts,
261   /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext.
262   DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext;
263 
264   /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag.
265   /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results.
266   DeclarationName VAListTagName;
267 
268   /// PackContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma pack. An alignment
269   /// of 0 indicates default alignment.
270   void *PackContext; // Really a "PragmaPackStack*"
271 
272   bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on
273 
274   /// \brief Controls member pointer representation format under the MS ABI.
275   LangOptions::PragmaMSPointersToMembersKind
276       MSPointerToMemberRepresentationMethod;
277 
278   enum PragmaVtorDispKind {
279     PVDK_Push,          ///< #pragma vtordisp(push, mode)
280     PVDK_Set,           ///< #pragma vtordisp(mode)
281     PVDK_Pop,           ///< #pragma vtordisp(pop)
282     PVDK_Reset          ///< #pragma vtordisp()
283   };
284 
285   enum PragmaMsStackAction {
286     PSK_Reset,    // #pragma ()
287     PSK_Set,      // #pragma ("name")
288     PSK_Push,     // #pragma (push[, id])
289     PSK_Push_Set, // #pragma (push[, id], "name")
290     PSK_Pop,      // #pragma (pop[, id])
291     PSK_Pop_Set,  // #pragma (pop[, id], "name")
292   };
293 
294   /// \brief Whether to insert vtordisps prior to virtual bases in the Microsoft
295   /// C++ ABI.  Possible values are 0, 1, and 2, which mean:
296   ///
297   /// 0: Suppress all vtordisps
298   /// 1: Insert vtordisps in the presence of vbase overrides and non-trivial
299   ///    structors
300   /// 2: Always insert vtordisps to support RTTI on partially constructed
301   ///    objects
302   ///
303   /// The stack always has at least one element in it.
304   SmallVector<MSVtorDispAttr::Mode, 2> VtorDispModeStack;
305 
306   /// Stack of active SEH __finally scopes.  Can be empty.
307   SmallVector<Scope*, 2> CurrentSEHFinally;
308 
309   /// \brief Source location for newly created implicit MSInheritanceAttrs
310   SourceLocation ImplicitMSInheritanceAttrLoc;
311 
312   template<typename ValueType>
313   struct PragmaStack {
314     struct Slot {
315       llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel;
316       ValueType Value;
317       SourceLocation PragmaLocation;
SlotPragmaStack::Slot318       Slot(llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel,
319            ValueType Value,
320            SourceLocation PragmaLocation)
321         : StackSlotLabel(StackSlotLabel), Value(Value),
322           PragmaLocation(PragmaLocation) {}
323     };
324     void Act(SourceLocation PragmaLocation,
325              PragmaMsStackAction Action,
326              llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel,
327              ValueType Value);
PragmaStackPragmaStack328     explicit PragmaStack(const ValueType &Value)
329       : CurrentValue(Value) {}
330     SmallVector<Slot, 2> Stack;
331     ValueType CurrentValue;
332     SourceLocation CurrentPragmaLocation;
333   };
334   // FIXME: We should serialize / deserialize these if they occur in a PCH (but
335   // we shouldn't do so if they're in a module).
336   PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> DataSegStack;
337   PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> BSSSegStack;
338   PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> ConstSegStack;
339   PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> CodeSegStack;
340 
341   /// Last section used with #pragma init_seg.
342   StringLiteral *CurInitSeg;
343   SourceLocation CurInitSegLoc;
344 
345   /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility.
346   void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*"
347 
348   /// \brief This represents the last location of a "#pragma clang optimize off"
349   /// directive if such a directive has not been closed by an "on" yet. If
350   /// optimizations are currently "on", this is set to an invalid location.
351   SourceLocation OptimizeOffPragmaLocation;
352 
353   /// \brief Flag indicating if Sema is building a recovery call expression.
354   ///
355   /// This flag is used to avoid building recovery call expressions
356   /// if Sema is already doing so, which would cause infinite recursions.
357   bool IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr;
358 
359   /// ExprNeedsCleanups - True if the current evaluation context
360   /// requires cleanups to be run at its conclusion.
361   bool ExprNeedsCleanups;
362 
363   /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring
364   /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression.  The
365   /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object.
366   SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects;
367 
368   /// \brief Store a list of either DeclRefExprs or MemberExprs
369   ///  that contain a reference to a variable (constant) that may or may not
370   ///  be odr-used in this Expr, and we won't know until all lvalue-to-rvalue
371   ///  and discarded value conversions have been applied to all subexpressions
372   ///  of the enclosing full expression.  This is cleared at the end of each
373   ///  full expression.
374   llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> MaybeODRUseExprs;
375 
376   /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested
377   /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active.
378   ///
379   /// This array is never empty.  Clients should ignore the first
380   /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo
381   /// that's used to parse every top-level function.
382   SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes;
383 
384   typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
385                      &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2>
386     ExtVectorDeclsType;
387 
388   /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows
389   /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names.
390   /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics.
391   ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls;
392 
393   /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes.
394   std::unique_ptr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector;
395 
396   typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<const NamedDecl*, 16> NamedDeclSetType;
397 
398   /// \brief Set containing all declared private fields that are not used.
399   NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields;
400 
401   /// \brief Set containing all typedefs that are likely unused.
402   llvm::SmallSetVector<const TypedefNameDecl *, 4>
403       UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates;
404 
405   typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy;
406 
407   /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have
408   /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the
409   /// same list more than once.
410   std::unique_ptr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet;
411 
412   /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which
413   /// we are currently parsing the initializer.
414   llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars;
415 
416   /// \brief Look for a locally scoped extern "C" declaration by the given name.
417   NamedDecl *findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name);
418 
419   typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
420                      &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2>
421     TentativeDefinitionsType;
422 
423   /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU.
424   TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions;
425 
426   typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
427                      &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2>
428     UnusedFileScopedDeclsType;
429 
430   /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used
431   /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration.
432   UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls;
433 
434   typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
435                      &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2>
436     DelegatingCtorDeclsType;
437 
438   /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for
439   /// cycle detection at the end of the TU.
440   DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls;
441 
442   /// \brief All the overriding functions seen during a class definition
443   /// that had their exception spec checks delayed, plus the overridden
444   /// function.
445   SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXMethodDecl*, const CXXMethodDecl*>, 2>
446     DelayedExceptionSpecChecks;
447 
448   /// \brief All the members seen during a class definition which were both
449   /// explicitly defaulted and had explicitly-specified exception
450   /// specifications, along with the function type containing their
451   /// user-specified exception specification. Those exception specifications
452   /// were overridden with the default specifications, but we still need to
453   /// check whether they are compatible with the default specification, and
454   /// we can't do that until the nesting set of class definitions is complete.
455   SmallVector<std::pair<CXXMethodDecl*, const FunctionProtoType*>, 2>
456     DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs;
457 
458   typedef llvm::MapVector<const FunctionDecl *, LateParsedTemplate *>
459       LateParsedTemplateMapT;
460   LateParsedTemplateMapT LateParsedTemplateMap;
461 
462   /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed.
463   typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, LateParsedTemplate &LPT);
464   typedef void LateTemplateParserCleanupCB(void *P);
465   LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser;
466   LateTemplateParserCleanupCB *LateTemplateParserCleanup;
467   void *OpaqueParser;
468 
SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB * LTP,LateTemplateParserCleanupCB * LTPCleanup,void * P)469   void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP,
470                              LateTemplateParserCleanupCB *LTPCleanup,
471                              void *P) {
472     LateTemplateParser = LTP;
473     LateTemplateParserCleanup = LTPCleanup;
474     OpaqueParser = P;
475   }
476 
477   class DelayedDiagnostics;
478 
479   class DelayedDiagnosticsState {
480     sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool;
481     friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics;
482   };
483   typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState;
484   typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState;
485 
486   /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics
487   /// during parsing and other processing.
488   class DelayedDiagnostics {
489     /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed
490     /// diagnostics should go.
491     sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool;
492 
493   public:
DelayedDiagnostics()494     DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(nullptr) {}
495 
496     /// Adds a delayed diagnostic.
497     void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h
498 
499     /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed.
shouldDelayDiagnostics()500     bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != nullptr; }
501 
502     /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool.
getCurrentPool()503     sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const {
504       return CurPool;
505     }
506 
507     /// Enter a new scope.  Access and deprecation diagnostics will be
508     /// collected in this pool.
push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool & pool)509     DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) {
510       DelayedDiagnosticsState state;
511       state.SavedPool = CurPool;
512       CurPool = &pool;
513       return state;
514     }
515 
516     /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed.
517     /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics.  This is performed as part
518     /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly".
popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state)519     void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) {
520       CurPool = state.SavedPool;
521     }
522 
523     /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are
524     /// not delayed.
pushUndelayed()525     DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() {
526       DelayedDiagnosticsState state;
527       state.SavedPool = CurPool;
528       CurPool = nullptr;
529       return state;
530     }
531 
532     /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed().
popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state)533     void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) {
534       assert(CurPool == nullptr);
535       CurPool = state.SavedPool;
536     }
537   } DelayedDiagnostics;
538 
539   /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context.
540   class ContextRAII {
541   private:
542     Sema &S;
543     DeclContext *SavedContext;
544     ProcessingContextState SavedContextState;
545     QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride;
546 
547   public:
548     ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush, bool NewThisContext = true)
S(S)549       : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext),
550         SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()),
551         SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride)
552     {
553       assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context");
554       S.CurContext = ContextToPush;
555       if (NewThisContext)
556         S.CXXThisTypeOverride = QualType();
557     }
558 
pop()559     void pop() {
560       if (!SavedContext) return;
561       S.CurContext = SavedContext;
562       S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState);
563       S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride;
564       SavedContext = nullptr;
565     }
566 
~ContextRAII()567     ~ContextRAII() {
568       pop();
569     }
570   };
571 
572   /// \brief RAII object to handle the state changes required to synthesize
573   /// a function body.
574   class SynthesizedFunctionScope {
575     Sema &S;
576     Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext;
577 
578   public:
SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema & S,DeclContext * DC)579     SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema &S, DeclContext *DC)
580       : S(S), SavedContext(S, DC)
581     {
582       S.PushFunctionScope();
583       S.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema::PotentiallyEvaluated);
584     }
585 
~SynthesizedFunctionScope()586     ~SynthesizedFunctionScope() {
587       S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
588       S.PopFunctionScopeInfo();
589     }
590   };
591 
592   /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in
593   /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another
594   /// identifier, declared or undeclared
595   llvm::MapVector<IdentifierInfo *, WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers;
596 
597   /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in
598   /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared.  Used in Solaris system headers
599   /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version
600   /// in the currently selected standard.
601   llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers;
602 
603 
604   /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source.
605   void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers();
606 
607   /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by
608   /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls.
609   /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so
610   /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack.
611   /// It would be best to refactor this.
612   SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl;
613 
614   IdentifierResolver IdResolver;
615 
616   /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need
617   /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace.
618   /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc.
619   Scope *TUScope;
620 
621   /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides.
622   LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace;
623 
624   /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++
625   /// standard library.
626   LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc;
627 
628   /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in
629   /// \<initializer_list>.
630   ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList;
631 
632   /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>.
633   RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl;
634 
635   /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files.
636   RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl;
637 
638   /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs.
639   std::unique_ptr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj;
640 
641   /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class.
642   ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl;
643 
644   /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *).
645   QualType NSNumberPointer;
646 
647   /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals.
648   ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods];
649 
650   /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class.
651   ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl;
652 
653   /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *).
654   QualType NSStringPointer;
655 
656   /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method.
657   ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod;
658 
659   /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class.
660   ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl;
661 
662   /// \brief Pointer to NSMutableArray type (NSMutableArray *).
663   QualType NSMutableArrayPointer;
664 
665   /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method.
666   ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod;
667 
668   /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class.
669   ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl;
670 
671   /// \brief Pointer to NSMutableDictionary type (NSMutableDictionary *).
672   QualType NSMutableDictionaryPointer;
673 
674   /// \brief Pointer to NSMutableSet type (NSMutableSet *).
675   QualType NSMutableSetPointer;
676 
677   /// \brief Pointer to NSCountedSet type (NSCountedSet *).
678   QualType NSCountedSetPointer;
679 
680   /// \brief Pointer to NSMutableOrderedSet type (NSMutableOrderedSet *).
681   QualType NSMutableOrderedSetPointer;
682 
683   /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method.
684   ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod;
685 
686   /// \brief id<NSCopying> type.
687   QualType QIDNSCopying;
688 
689   /// \brief will hold 'respondsToSelector:'
690   Selector RespondsToSelectorSel;
691 
692   /// \brief counter for internal MS Asm label names.
693   unsigned MSAsmLabelNameCounter;
694 
695   /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete
696   /// have been declared.
697   bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared;
698 
699   /// A flag to indicate that we're in a context that permits abstract
700   /// references to fields.  This is really a
701   bool AllowAbstractFieldReference;
702 
703   /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are
704   /// evaluated at run-time, if at all.
705   enum ExpressionEvaluationContext {
706     /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an
707     /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of
708     /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but
709     /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at
710     /// run time.
711     Unevaluated,
712 
713     /// \brief The current expression occurs within an unevaluated
714     /// operand that unconditionally permits abstract references to
715     /// fields, such as a SIZE operator in MS-style inline assembly.
716     UnevaluatedAbstract,
717 
718     /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms,
719     /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of
720     /// cases in a switch statement).
721     ConstantEvaluated,
722 
723     /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time,
724     /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the
725     /// expression at run time.
726     PotentiallyEvaluated,
727 
728     /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any
729     /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if
730     /// in fact the current expression is used.
731     ///
732     /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which
733     /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments
734     /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced"
735     /// until the default argument is used.
736     PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed
737   };
738 
739   /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested
740   /// expression evaluation contexts.
741   struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord {
742     /// \brief The expression evaluation context.
743     ExpressionEvaluationContext Context;
744 
745     /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup.
746     bool ParentNeedsCleanups;
747 
748     /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression.
749     bool IsDecltype;
750 
751     /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered
752     /// this expression evaluation context.
753     unsigned NumCleanupObjects;
754 
755     /// \brief The number of typos encountered during this expression evaluation
756     /// context (i.e. the number of TypoExprs created).
757     unsigned NumTypos;
758 
759     llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs;
760 
761     /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it
762     /// is indeed an unevaluated context.
763     SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas;
764 
765     /// \brief The declaration that provides context for lambda expressions
766     /// and block literals if the normal declaration context does not
767     /// suffice, e.g., in a default function argument.
768     Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
769 
770     /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions
771     /// and block literals within this context.
772     ///
773     /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts
774     /// do not have lambda expressions or block literals.
775     IntrusiveRefCntPtr<MangleNumberingContext> MangleNumbering;
776 
777     /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions
778     /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type.
779     SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls;
780 
781     /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding
782     /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor.
783     SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds;
784 
ExpressionEvaluationContextRecordExpressionEvaluationContextRecord785     ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context,
786                                       unsigned NumCleanupObjects,
787                                       bool ParentNeedsCleanups,
788                                       Decl *ManglingContextDecl,
789                                       bool IsDecltype)
790       : Context(Context), ParentNeedsCleanups(ParentNeedsCleanups),
791         IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects),
792         NumTypos(0),
793         ManglingContextDecl(ManglingContextDecl), MangleNumbering() { }
794 
795     /// \brief Retrieve the mangling numbering context, used to consistently
796     /// number constructs like lambdas for mangling.
797     MangleNumberingContext &getMangleNumberingContext(ASTContext &Ctx);
798 
isUnevaluatedExpressionEvaluationContextRecord799     bool isUnevaluated() const {
800       return Context == Unevaluated || Context == UnevaluatedAbstract;
801     }
802   };
803 
804   /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts.
805   SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts;
806 
807   /// \brief Compute the mangling number context for a lambda expression or
808   /// block literal.
809   ///
810   /// \param DC - The DeclContext containing the lambda expression or
811   /// block literal.
812   /// \param[out] ManglingContextDecl - Returns the ManglingContextDecl
813   /// associated with the context, if relevant.
814   MangleNumberingContext *getCurrentMangleNumberContext(
815     const DeclContext *DC,
816     Decl *&ManglingContextDecl);
817 
818 
819   /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member
820   /// function.
821   ///
822   /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the
823   /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded.
824   class SpecialMemberOverloadResult : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode {
825   public:
826     enum Kind {
827       NoMemberOrDeleted,
828       Ambiguous,
829       Success
830     };
831 
832   private:
833     llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair;
834 
835   public:
SpecialMemberOverloadResult(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID & ID)836     SpecialMemberOverloadResult(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
837       : FastFoldingSetNode(ID)
838     {}
839 
getMethod()840     CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); }
setMethod(CXXMethodDecl * MD)841     void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); }
842 
getKind()843     Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); }
setKind(Kind K)844     void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); }
845   };
846 
847   /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results
848   /// for C++ records.
849   llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResult> SpecialMemberCache;
850 
851   /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing.
852   ///
853   /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform
854   /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating
855   /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has
856   /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of
857   /// checks.
858   TranslationUnitKind TUKind;
859 
860   llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc;
861 
862   /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped.
863   unsigned NumSFINAEErrors;
864 
865   typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, llvm::TinyPtrVector<ParmVarDecl *>>
866     UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap;
867 
868   /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the
869   /// set of instantiations of each parameter.
870   ///
871   /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing
872   /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates,
873   /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the
874   /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed.
875   UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations;
876 
877   // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default
878   // argument locations.
879   llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs;
880 
881   /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects which require a
882   /// definition in this translation unit.
883   llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> UndefinedButUsed;
884 
885   /// Obtain a sorted list of functions that are undefined but ODR-used.
886   void getUndefinedButUsed(
887       SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> > &Undefined);
888 
889   typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods;
890   typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool;
891 
892   /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id".
893   /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures
894   /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1%
895   /// of selectors are "overloaded").
896   /// At the head of the list it is recorded whether there were 0, 1, or >= 2
897   /// methods inside categories with a particular selector.
898   GlobalMethodPool MethodPool;
899 
900   /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation
901   /// of -Wselector.
902   llvm::MapVector<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors;
903 
904   /// Kinds of C++ special members.
905   enum CXXSpecialMember {
906     CXXDefaultConstructor,
907     CXXCopyConstructor,
908     CXXMoveConstructor,
909     CXXCopyAssignment,
910     CXXMoveAssignment,
911     CXXDestructor,
912     CXXInvalid
913   };
914 
915   typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, CXXSpecialMember> SpecialMemberDecl;
916 
917   /// The C++ special members which we are currently in the process of
918   /// declaring. If this process recursively triggers the declaration of the
919   /// same special member, we should act as if it is not yet declared.
920   llvm::SmallSet<SpecialMemberDecl, 4> SpecialMembersBeingDeclared;
921 
922   void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel);
923 
924   /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'.
925   bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr);
926   bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr, const ObjCMethodDecl *Method);
927 
928   /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be
929   /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and
930   /// should not be used elsewhere.
931   void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID);
932 
933   /// Records and restores the FP_CONTRACT state on entry/exit of compound
934   /// statements.
935   class FPContractStateRAII {
936   public:
FPContractStateRAII(Sema & S)937     FPContractStateRAII(Sema& S)
938       : S(S), OldFPContractState(S.FPFeatures.fp_contract) {}
~FPContractStateRAII()939     ~FPContractStateRAII() {
940       S.FPFeatures.fp_contract = OldFPContractState;
941     }
942   private:
943     Sema& S;
944     bool OldFPContractState : 1;
945   };
946 
947   void addImplicitTypedef(StringRef Name, QualType T);
948 
949 public:
950   Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer,
951        TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete,
952        CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = nullptr);
953   ~Sema();
954 
955   /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been
956   /// initialized but before it parses anything.
957   void Initialize();
958 
getLangOpts()959   const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; }
getOpenCLOptions()960   OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; }
getFPOptions()961   FPOptions     &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; }
962 
getDiagnostics()963   DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; }
getSourceManager()964   SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; }
getPreprocessor()965   Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; }
getASTContext()966   ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; }
getASTConsumer()967   ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; }
968   ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const;
getExternalSource()969   ExternalSemaSource* getExternalSource() const { return ExternalSource; }
970 
971   ///\brief Registers an external source. If an external source already exists,
972   /// creates a multiplex external source and appends to it.
973   ///
974   ///\param[in] E - A non-null external sema source.
975   ///
976   void addExternalSource(ExternalSemaSource *E);
977 
978   void PrintStats() const;
979 
980   /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional
981   /// template instantiation stacks.
982   ///
983   /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder
984   /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is
985   /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder
986   /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template
987   /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as
988   /// well.
989   class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder {
990     Sema &SemaRef;
991     unsigned DiagID;
992 
993   public:
SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder & DB,Sema & SemaRef,unsigned DiagID)994     SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID)
995       : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { }
996 
~SemaDiagnosticBuilder()997     ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() {
998       // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do.
999       if (!isActive()) return;
1000 
1001       // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying
1002       // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it
1003       // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor.
1004       //
1005       // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will
1006       // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be
1007       // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder
1008       // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to
1009       // eliminate that code.
1010       FlushCounts();
1011       Clear();
1012 
1013       // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic.
1014       SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID);
1015     }
1016 
1017     /// Teach operator<< to produce an object of the correct type.
1018     template<typename T>
1019     friend const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &operator<<(
1020         const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, const T &Value) {
1021       const DiagnosticBuilder &BaseDiag = Diag;
1022       BaseDiag << Value;
1023       return Diag;
1024     }
1025   };
1026 
1027   /// \brief Emit a diagnostic.
Diag(SourceLocation Loc,unsigned DiagID)1028   SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) {
1029     DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID);
1030     return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID);
1031   }
1032 
1033   /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic.
1034   SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD);
1035 
1036   /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic.
1037   PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h
1038 
1039   bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name);
1040 
1041   /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type.
1042   std::string
1043   getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) const;
1044   std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) const;
1045 
1046   /// \brief Calls \c Lexer::getLocForEndOfToken()
1047   SourceLocation getLocForEndOfToken(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Offset = 0);
1048 
1049   /// \brief Retrieve the module loader associated with the preprocessor.
1050   ModuleLoader &getModuleLoader() const;
1051 
1052   void emitAndClearUnusedLocalTypedefWarnings();
1053 
1054   void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit();
1055 
1056   void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles();
1057 
1058   Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx);
1059 
1060   void PushFunctionScope();
1061   void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block);
1062   sema::LambdaScopeInfo *PushLambdaScope();
1063 
1064   /// \brief This is used to inform Sema what the current TemplateParameterDepth
1065   /// is during Parsing.  Currently it is used to pass on the depth
1066   /// when parsing generic lambda 'auto' parameters.
1067   void RecordParsingTemplateParameterDepth(unsigned Depth);
1068 
1069   void PushCapturedRegionScope(Scope *RegionScope, CapturedDecl *CD,
1070                                RecordDecl *RD,
1071                                CapturedRegionKind K);
1072   void
1073   PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP = nullptr,
1074                        const Decl *D = nullptr,
1075                        const BlockExpr *blkExpr = nullptr);
1076 
getCurFunction()1077   sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const {
1078     return FunctionScopes.back();
1079   }
1080 
getEnclosingFunction()1081   sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getEnclosingFunction() const {
1082     if (FunctionScopes.empty())
1083       return nullptr;
1084 
1085     for (int e = FunctionScopes.size()-1; e >= 0; --e) {
1086       if (isa<sema::BlockScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[e]))
1087         continue;
1088       return FunctionScopes[e];
1089     }
1090     return nullptr;
1091   }
1092 
1093   template <typename ExprT>
1094   void recordUseOfEvaluatedWeak(const ExprT *E, bool IsRead=true) {
1095     if (!isUnevaluatedContext())
1096       getCurFunction()->recordUseOfWeak(E, IsRead);
1097   }
1098 
1099   void PushCompoundScope();
1100   void PopCompoundScope();
1101 
1102   sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const;
1103 
1104   bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const;
1105 
1106   /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any.
1107   sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock();
1108 
1109   /// \brief Retrieve the current lambda scope info, if any.
1110   sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurLambda();
1111 
1112   /// \brief Retrieve the current generic lambda info, if any.
1113   sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurGenericLambda();
1114 
1115   /// \brief Retrieve the current captured region, if any.
1116   sema::CapturedRegionScopeInfo *getCurCapturedRegion();
1117 
1118   /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls
WeakTopLevelDecls()1119   SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; }
1120 
1121   void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment);
1122 
1123   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1124   // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp.
1125   //
1126 
1127   QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs,
1128                               const DeclSpec *DS = nullptr);
1129   QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVRA,
1130                               const DeclSpec *DS = nullptr);
1131   QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T,
1132                             SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
1133   QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef,
1134                               SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
1135   QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
1136                           Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals,
1137                           SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity);
1138   QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize,
1139                               SourceLocation AttrLoc);
1140 
1141   bool CheckFunctionReturnType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
1142 
1143   /// \brief Build a function type.
1144   ///
1145   /// This routine checks the function type according to C++ rules and
1146   /// under the assumption that the result type and parameter types have
1147   /// just been instantiated from a template. It therefore duplicates
1148   /// some of the behavior of GetTypeForDeclarator, but in a much
1149   /// simpler form that is only suitable for this narrow use case.
1150   ///
1151   /// \param T The return type of the function.
1152   ///
1153   /// \param ParamTypes The parameter types of the function. This array
1154   /// will be modified to account for adjustments to the types of the
1155   /// function parameters.
1156   ///
1157   /// \param Loc The location of the entity whose type involves this
1158   /// function type or, if there is no such entity, the location of the
1159   /// type that will have function type.
1160   ///
1161   /// \param Entity The name of the entity that involves the function
1162   /// type, if known.
1163   ///
1164   /// \param EPI Extra information about the function type. Usually this will
1165   /// be taken from an existing function with the same prototype.
1166   ///
1167   /// \returns A suitable function type, if there are no errors. The
1168   /// unqualified type will always be a FunctionProtoType.
1169   /// Otherwise, returns a NULL type.
1170   QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T,
1171                              MutableArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes,
1172                              SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity,
1173                              const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI);
1174 
1175   QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class,
1176                                   SourceLocation Loc,
1177                                   DeclarationName Entity);
1178   QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T,
1179                                  SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
1180   QualType BuildParenType(QualType T);
1181   QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
1182 
1183   TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S);
1184   TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy);
1185   TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T,
1186                                                TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo);
1187 
1188   /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType.
1189   ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
1190   DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D);
1191   DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name);
1192   static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty,
1193                                     TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = nullptr);
1194   CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E);
1195   const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
1196                                                 const FunctionProtoType *FPT);
1197   void UpdateExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *FD,
1198                            const FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI);
1199   bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType &T, const SourceRange &Range);
1200   bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T);
1201   bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New);
1202   bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
1203       const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc,
1204       const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc);
1205   bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
1206       const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
1207       const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc,
1208       const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc,
1209       bool *MissingExceptionSpecification = nullptr,
1210       bool *MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification = nullptr,
1211       bool AllowNoexceptAllMatchWithNoSpec = false,
1212       bool IsOperatorNew = false);
1213   bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset(
1214       const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
1215       const FunctionProtoType *Superset, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
1216       const FunctionProtoType *Subset, SourceLocation SubLoc);
1217   bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
1218       const FunctionProtoType *Target, SourceLocation TargetLoc,
1219       const FunctionProtoType *Source, SourceLocation SourceLoc);
1220 
1221   TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1222 
1223   /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype'
1224   /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type.
1225   ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc);
1226 
1227   /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types.
1228   struct TypeDiagnoser {
1229     bool Suppressed;
1230 
SuppressedTypeDiagnoser1231     TypeDiagnoser(bool Suppressed = false) : Suppressed(Suppressed) { }
1232 
1233     virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
~TypeDiagnoserTypeDiagnoser1234     virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {}
1235   };
1236 
getPrintable(int I)1237   static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; }
getPrintable(unsigned I)1238   static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; }
getPrintable(bool B)1239   static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; }
getPrintable(const char * S)1240   static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; }
getPrintable(StringRef S)1241   static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; }
getPrintable(const std::string & S)1242   static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; }
getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo * II)1243   static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) {
1244     return II;
1245   }
getPrintable(DeclarationName N)1246   static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; }
getPrintable(QualType T)1247   static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; }
getPrintable(SourceRange R)1248   static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; }
getPrintable(SourceLocation L)1249   static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; }
getPrintable(const Expr * E)1250   static SourceRange getPrintable(const Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); }
getPrintable(TypeLoc TL)1251   static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();}
1252 
1253   template <typename... Ts> class BoundTypeDiagnoser : public TypeDiagnoser {
1254     unsigned DiagID;
1255     std::tuple<const Ts &...> Args;
1256 
1257     template <std::size_t... Is>
emit(const SemaDiagnosticBuilder & DB,llvm::index_sequence<Is...>)1258     void emit(const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &DB,
1259               llvm::index_sequence<Is...>) const {
1260       // Apply all tuple elements to the builder in order.
1261       bool Dummy[] = {(DB << getPrintable(std::get<Is>(Args)))...};
1262       (void)Dummy;
1263     }
1264 
1265   public:
BoundTypeDiagnoser(unsigned DiagID,const Ts &...Args)1266     BoundTypeDiagnoser(unsigned DiagID, const Ts &...Args)
1267         : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Args(Args...) {}
1268 
diagnose(Sema & S,SourceLocation Loc,QualType T)1269     void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
1270       if (Suppressed)
1271         return;
1272       const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &DB = S.Diag(Loc, DiagID);
1273       emit(DB, llvm::index_sequence_for<Ts...>());
1274       DB << T;
1275     }
1276   };
1277 
1278 private:
1279   bool RequireCompleteTypeImpl(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1280                            TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1281 public:
1282   /// Determine if \p D has a visible definition. If not, suggest a declaration
1283   /// that should be made visible to expose the definition.
1284   bool hasVisibleDefinition(NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl **Suggested);
hasVisibleDefinition(const NamedDecl * D)1285   bool hasVisibleDefinition(const NamedDecl *D) {
1286     NamedDecl *Hidden;
1287     return hasVisibleDefinition(const_cast<NamedDecl*>(D), &Hidden);
1288   }
1289 
1290   bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1291                            TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1292   bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1293                            unsigned DiagID);
1294 
1295   template <typename... Ts>
RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc,QualType T,unsigned DiagID,const Ts &...Args)1296   bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID,
1297                            const Ts &...Args) {
1298     BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...);
1299     return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1300   }
1301 
1302   bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1303   bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID);
1304 
1305   template <typename... Ts>
RequireCompleteExprType(Expr * E,unsigned DiagID,const Ts &...Args)1306   bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const Ts &...Args) {
1307     BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...);
1308     return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser);
1309   }
1310 
1311   bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1312                           TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1313   bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID);
1314 
1315   template <typename... Ts>
RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc,QualType T,unsigned DiagID,const Ts &...Args)1316   bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID,
1317                           const Ts &...Args) {
1318     BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...);
1319     return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1320   }
1321 
1322   QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
1323                              const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T);
1324 
1325   QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
1326   /// If AsUnevaluated is false, E is treated as though it were an evaluated
1327   /// context, such as when building a type for decltype(auto).
1328   QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc,
1329                              bool AsUnevaluated = true);
1330   QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType,
1331                                    UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind,
1332                                    SourceLocation Loc);
1333 
1334   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1335   // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp.
1336   //
1337 
1338   /// List of decls defined in a function prototype. This contains EnumConstants
1339   /// that incorrectly end up in translation unit scope because there is no
1340   /// function to pin them on. ActOnFunctionDeclarator reads this list and patches
1341   /// them into the FunctionDecl.
1342   std::vector<NamedDecl*> DeclsInPrototypeScope;
1343 
1344   DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = nullptr);
1345 
1346   void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors();
1347 
1348   bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const;
1349 
1350   ParsedType getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1351                          Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr,
1352                          bool isClassName = false,
1353                          bool HasTrailingDot = false,
1354                          ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType(),
1355                          bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false,
1356                          bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false,
1357                          IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = nullptr);
1358   TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S);
1359   bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S);
1360   void DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
1361                                SourceLocation IILoc,
1362                                Scope *S,
1363                                CXXScopeSpec *SS,
1364                                ParsedType &SuggestedType,
1365                                bool AllowClassTemplates = false);
1366 
1367   /// \brief For compatibility with MSVC, we delay parsing of some default
1368   /// template type arguments until instantiation time.  Emits a warning and
1369   /// returns a synthesized DependentNameType that isn't really dependent on any
1370   /// other template arguments.
1371   ParsedType ActOnDelayedDefaultTemplateArg(const IdentifierInfo &II,
1372                                             SourceLocation NameLoc);
1373 
1374   /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed
1375   /// by \c ClassifyName().
1376   enum NameClassificationKind {
1377     NC_Unknown,
1378     NC_Error,
1379     NC_Keyword,
1380     NC_Type,
1381     NC_Expression,
1382     NC_NestedNameSpecifier,
1383     NC_TypeTemplate,
1384     NC_VarTemplate,
1385     NC_FunctionTemplate
1386   };
1387 
1388   class NameClassification {
1389     NameClassificationKind Kind;
1390     ExprResult Expr;
1391     TemplateName Template;
1392     ParsedType Type;
1393     const IdentifierInfo *Keyword;
1394 
NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind)1395     explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {}
1396 
1397   public:
NameClassification(ExprResult Expr)1398     NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {}
1399 
NameClassification(ParsedType Type)1400     NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {}
1401 
NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo * Keyword)1402     NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword)
1403       : Kind(NC_Keyword), Keyword(Keyword) { }
1404 
Error()1405     static NameClassification Error() {
1406       return NameClassification(NC_Error);
1407     }
1408 
Unknown()1409     static NameClassification Unknown() {
1410       return NameClassification(NC_Unknown);
1411     }
1412 
NestedNameSpecifier()1413     static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() {
1414       return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier);
1415     }
1416 
TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name)1417     static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1418       NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate);
1419       Result.Template = Name;
1420       return Result;
1421     }
1422 
VarTemplate(TemplateName Name)1423     static NameClassification VarTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1424       NameClassification Result(NC_VarTemplate);
1425       Result.Template = Name;
1426       return Result;
1427     }
1428 
FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name)1429     static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1430       NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate);
1431       Result.Template = Name;
1432       return Result;
1433     }
1434 
getKind()1435     NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; }
1436 
getType()1437     ParsedType getType() const {
1438       assert(Kind == NC_Type);
1439       return Type;
1440     }
1441 
getExpression()1442     ExprResult getExpression() const {
1443       assert(Kind == NC_Expression);
1444       return Expr;
1445     }
1446 
getTemplateName()1447     TemplateName getTemplateName() const {
1448       assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate ||
1449              Kind == NC_VarTemplate);
1450       return Template;
1451     }
1452 
getTemplateNameKind()1453     TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const {
1454       switch (Kind) {
1455       case NC_TypeTemplate:
1456         return TNK_Type_template;
1457       case NC_FunctionTemplate:
1458         return TNK_Function_template;
1459       case NC_VarTemplate:
1460         return TNK_Var_template;
1461       default:
1462         llvm_unreachable("unsupported name classification.");
1463       }
1464     }
1465   };
1466 
1467   /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on
1468   /// the results of name lookup and the following token.
1469   ///
1470   /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct
1471   /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt
1472   /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name.
1473   ///
1474   /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup.
1475   ///
1476   /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name.
1477   ///
1478   /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name,
1479   /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly.
1480   ///
1481   /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier.
1482   ///
1483   /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help
1484   /// disambiguate the name.
1485   ///
1486   /// \param IsAddressOfOperand True if this name is the operand of a unary
1487   ///        address of ('&') expression, assuming it is classified as an
1488   ///        expression.
1489   ///
1490   /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired.
1491   NameClassification
1492   ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name,
1493                SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken,
1494                bool IsAddressOfOperand,
1495                std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC = nullptr);
1496 
1497   Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1498 
1499   NamedDecl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
1500                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists);
1501   void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S);
1502   bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info);
1503   bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
1504                                     DeclarationName Name,
1505                                     SourceLocation Loc);
1506   void
1507   diagnoseIgnoredQualifiers(unsigned DiagID, unsigned Quals,
1508                             SourceLocation FallbackLoc,
1509                             SourceLocation ConstQualLoc = SourceLocation(),
1510                             SourceLocation VolatileQualLoc = SourceLocation(),
1511                             SourceLocation RestrictQualLoc = SourceLocation(),
1512                             SourceLocation AtomicQualLoc = SourceLocation());
1513 
1514   static bool adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC);
1515   void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS);
1516   void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R);
1517   void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D);
1518   void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange);
1519   void handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope);
1520   void setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec,
1521                                     TypedefNameDecl *NewTD);
1522   void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D);
1523   NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
1524                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1525                                     LookupResult &Previous);
1526   NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D,
1527                                   LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration);
1528   NamedDecl *ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
1529                                      TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1530                                      LookupResult &Previous,
1531                                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
1532                                      bool &AddToScope);
1533   // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration
1534   bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous);
1535   void CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD);
1536   void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var);
1537   void MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(const FunctionDecl *D);
1538 
1539   NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
1540                                      TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1541                                      LookupResult &Previous,
1542                                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
1543                                      bool &AddToScope);
1544   bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1545 
1546   bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD);
1547   bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body);
1548 
1549   void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1550   void FindHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD,
1551                           SmallVectorImpl<CXXMethodDecl*> &OverloadedMethods);
1552   void NoteHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD,
1553                           SmallVectorImpl<CXXMethodDecl*> &OverloadedMethods);
1554   // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration
1555   bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S,
1556                                 FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous,
1557                                 bool IsExplicitSpecialization);
1558   void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D);
1559   void CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD);
1560   Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1561   ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
1562                                           SourceLocation Loc,
1563                                           QualType T);
1564   ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
1565                               SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
1566                               QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
1567                               StorageClass SC);
1568   void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param,
1569                                  SourceLocation EqualLoc,
1570                                  Expr *defarg);
1571   void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param,
1572                                          SourceLocation EqualLoc,
1573                                          SourceLocation ArgLoc);
1574   void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param, SourceLocation EqualLoc);
1575   bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg,
1576                                SourceLocation EqualLoc);
1577 
1578   void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit,
1579                             bool TypeMayContainAuto);
1580   void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl, bool TypeMayContainAuto);
1581   void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl);
1582   void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D);
1583   StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
1584                                         IdentifierInfo *Ident,
1585                                         ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
1586                                         SourceLocation AttrEnd);
1587   void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc);
1588   void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc);
1589   void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D);
1590   DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
1591                                          ArrayRef<Decl *> Group);
1592   DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group,
1593                                       bool TypeMayContainAuto = true);
1594 
1595   /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached
1596   /// documentation comments.
1597   void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D);
1598   void ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group);
1599 
1600   void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
1601                                        SourceLocation LocAfterDecls);
1602   void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD,
1603                                     const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition =
1604                                         nullptr);
1605   Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1606   Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D);
1607   void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D);
isObjCMethodDecl(Decl * D)1608   bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) {
1609     return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D);
1610   }
1611 
1612   /// \brief Determine whether we can delay parsing the body of a function or
1613   /// function template until it is used, assuming we don't care about emitting
1614   /// code for that function.
1615   ///
1616   /// This will be \c false if we may need the body of the function in the
1617   /// middle of parsing an expression (where it's impractical to switch to
1618   /// parsing a different function), for instance, if it's constexpr in C++11
1619   /// or has an 'auto' return type in C++14. These cases are essentially bugs.
1620   bool canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D);
1621 
1622   /// \brief Determine whether we can skip parsing the body of a function
1623   /// definition, assuming we don't care about analyzing its body or emitting
1624   /// code for that function.
1625   ///
1626   /// This will be \c false only if we may need the body of the function in
1627   /// order to parse the rest of the program (for instance, if it is
1628   /// \c constexpr in C++11 or has an 'auto' return type in C++14).
1629   bool canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D);
1630 
1631   void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope);
1632   Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body);
1633   Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation);
1634   Decl *ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl);
1635   void ActOnFinishInlineMethodDef(CXXMethodDecl *D);
1636 
1637   /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an
1638   /// attribute for which parsing is delayed.
1639   void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs);
1640 
1641   /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of
1642   /// ParmVarDecl pointers.
1643   void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin,
1644                                 ParmVarDecl * const *End);
1645 
1646   /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a
1647   /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a
1648   /// specified threshold.
1649   void DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin,
1650                                               ParmVarDecl * const *End,
1651                                               QualType ReturnTy,
1652                                               NamedDecl *D);
1653 
1654   void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body);
1655   Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
1656                               SourceLocation AsmLoc,
1657                               SourceLocation RParenLoc);
1658 
1659   /// \brief Handle a C++11 empty-declaration and attribute-declaration.
1660   Decl *ActOnEmptyDeclaration(Scope *S,
1661                               AttributeList *AttrList,
1662                               SourceLocation SemiLoc);
1663 
1664   /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration.
1665   ///
1666   /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any.
1667   ///
1668   /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword.
1669   ///
1670   /// \param Path The module access path.
1671   DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc,
1672                                ModuleIdPath Path);
1673 
1674   /// \brief The parser has processed a module import translated from a
1675   /// #include or similar preprocessing directive.
1676   void ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod);
1677 
1678   /// \brief Create an implicit import of the given module at the given
1679   /// source location, for error recovery, if possible.
1680   ///
1681   /// This routine is typically used when an entity found by name lookup
1682   /// is actually hidden within a module that we know about but the user
1683   /// has forgotten to import.
1684   void createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc,
1685                                                   Module *Mod);
1686 
1687   /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy.
getPrintingPolicy()1688   PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const {
1689     return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP);
1690   }
1691 
1692   /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy.
1693   static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx,
1694                                           const Preprocessor &PP);
1695 
1696   /// Scope actions.
1697   void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S);
1698   void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S);
1699 
1700   Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
1701                                    DeclSpec &DS);
1702   Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
1703                                    DeclSpec &DS,
1704                                    MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
1705                                    bool IsExplicitInstantiation = false);
1706 
1707   Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
1708                                     AccessSpecifier AS,
1709                                     RecordDecl *Record,
1710                                     const PrintingPolicy &Policy);
1711 
1712   Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
1713                                        RecordDecl *Record);
1714 
1715   bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
1716                                     TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
1717                                     SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
1718                                     const IdentifierInfo &Name);
1719 
1720   enum TagUseKind {
1721     TUK_Reference,   // Reference to a tag:  'struct foo *X;'
1722     TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag:   'struct foo;'
1723     TUK_Definition,  // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;'
1724     TUK_Friend       // Friend declaration:  'friend struct foo;'
1725   };
1726 
1727   Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
1728                  SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1729                  IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1730                  AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
1731                  SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
1732                  MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
1733                  bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
1734                  SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
1735                  bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType,
1736                  bool IsTypeSpecifier, bool *SkipBody = nullptr);
1737 
1738   Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc,
1739                                 unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc,
1740                                 CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1741                                 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1742                                 AttributeList *Attr,
1743                                 MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists);
1744 
1745   TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S,
1746                                unsigned TagSpec,
1747                                TagUseKind TUK,
1748                                const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1749                                IdentifierInfo *Name,
1750                                SourceLocation TagLoc,
1751                                SourceLocation NameLoc);
1752 
1753   void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1754                  IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
1755                  SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls);
1756   Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1757                    Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth);
1758 
1759   FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1760                          Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1761                          InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
1762                          AccessSpecifier AS);
1763   MSPropertyDecl *HandleMSProperty(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD,
1764                                    SourceLocation DeclStart,
1765                                    Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1766                                    InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
1767                                    AccessSpecifier AS,
1768                                    AttributeList *MSPropertyAttr);
1769 
1770   FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
1771                             TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1772                             RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
1773                             bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1774                             InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
1775                             SourceLocation TSSL,
1776                             AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
1777                             Declarator *D = nullptr);
1778 
1779   bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD);
1780   void DiagnoseNontrivial(const CXXRecordDecl *Record, CXXSpecialMember CSM);
1781   bool SpecialMemberIsTrivial(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM,
1782                               bool Diagnose = false);
1783   CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1784   void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart,
1785                          SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls);
1786   Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1787                   Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1788                   tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility);
1789 
1790   // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations.
1791   void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl,
1792                    ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields,
1793                    SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac,
1794                    AttributeList *AttrList);
1795 
1796   /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the
1797   /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class,
1798   /// struct, or union).
1799   void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl);
1800 
1801   /// \brief Invoked when we enter a tag definition that we're skipping.
ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope * S,Decl * TD)1802   void ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TD) {
1803     PushDeclContext(S, cast<DeclContext>(TD));
1804   }
1805 
1806   Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl);
1807 
1808   /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a
1809   /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its
1810   /// member declarations.
1811   void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl,
1812                                        SourceLocation FinalLoc,
1813                                        bool IsFinalSpelledSealed,
1814                                        SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
1815 
1816   /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing
1817   /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union).
1818   void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl,
1819                                 SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
1820 
ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition()1821   void ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition() {
1822     PopDeclContext();
1823   }
1824 
1825   void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
1826 
1827   /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container
1828   /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs.
1829   ///
1830   /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext
1831   void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC);
1832   void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC);
1833 
1834   /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable
1835   /// error parsing the definition of a tag.
1836   void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl);
1837 
1838   EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
1839                                       EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
1840                                       SourceLocation IdLoc,
1841                                       IdentifierInfo *Id,
1842                                       Expr *val);
1843   bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI);
1844   bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
1845                               QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, const EnumDecl *Prev);
1846 
1847   Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant,
1848                           SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
1849                           AttributeList *Attrs,
1850                           SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val);
1851   void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
1852                      SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDecl,
1853                      ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
1854                      Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr);
1855 
1856   DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC);
1857 
1858   /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped.
1859   void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
1860   void PopDeclContext();
1861 
1862   /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
1863   /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
1864   void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
1865   void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S);
1866 
1867   /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope.
1868   void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D);
1869   void ActOnExitFunctionContext();
1870 
1871   DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext();
1872 
1873   /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer
1874   /// to the function decl for the function being parsed.  If we're currently
1875   /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
1876   FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl();
1877 
1878   /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to
1879   /// the method decl for the method being parsed.  If we're currently
1880   /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
1881   ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl();
1882 
1883   /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method
1884   /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null.  If we're currently
1885   /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
1886   NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
1887 
1888   /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
1889   void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true);
1890 
1891   /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the
1892   /// top level scope.
1893   ///
1894   /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push.
1895   ///
1896   /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration.
1897   void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name);
1898 
1899   /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true
1900   /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns
1901   /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context.
1902   ///
1903   /// \param AllowInlineNamespace If \c true, allow the declaration to be in the
1904   ///        enclosing namespace set of the context, rather than contained
1905   ///        directly within it.
1906   bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = nullptr,
1907                      bool AllowInlineNamespace = false);
1908 
1909   /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it
1910   /// happens to be an enclosing scope.  Otherwise return NULL.
1911   static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
1912 
1913   /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator().
1914   TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
1915                                 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
1916   bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New);
1917 
1918   /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added.
1919   AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(NamedDecl *D, SourceRange Range,
1920                                           IdentifierInfo *Platform,
1921                                           VersionTuple Introduced,
1922                                           VersionTuple Deprecated,
1923                                           VersionTuple Obsoleted,
1924                                           bool IsUnavailable,
1925                                           StringRef Message,
1926                                           bool Override,
1927                                           unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1928   TypeVisibilityAttr *mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1929                                        TypeVisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis,
1930                                               unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1931   VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1932                                       VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis,
1933                                       unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1934   DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1935                                     unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1936   DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1937                                     unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1938   MSInheritanceAttr *
1939   mergeMSInheritanceAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, bool BestCase,
1940                          unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex,
1941                          MSInheritanceAttr::Spelling SemanticSpelling);
1942   FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1943                               IdentifierInfo *Format, int FormatIdx,
1944                               int FirstArg, unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1945   SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name,
1946                                 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1947   AlwaysInlineAttr *mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1948                                           IdentifierInfo *Ident,
1949                                           unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1950   MinSizeAttr *mergeMinSizeAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1951                                 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1952   OptimizeNoneAttr *mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1953                                           unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1954 
1955   /// \brief Describes the kind of merge to perform for availability
1956   /// attributes (including "deprecated", "unavailable", and "availability").
1957   enum AvailabilityMergeKind {
1958     /// \brief Don't merge availability attributes at all.
1959     AMK_None,
1960     /// \brief Merge availability attributes for a redeclaration, which requires
1961     /// an exact match.
1962     AMK_Redeclaration,
1963     /// \brief Merge availability attributes for an override, which requires
1964     /// an exact match or a weakening of constraints.
1965     AMK_Override
1966   };
1967 
1968   void mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
1969                            AvailabilityMergeKind AMK = AMK_Redeclaration);
1970   void MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls);
1971   bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&Old, Scope *S,
1972                          bool MergeTypeWithOld);
1973   bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
1974                                     Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld);
1975   void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old);
1976   void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous);
1977   void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, bool MergeTypeWithOld);
1978   void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old);
1979   bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S);
1980 
1981   // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions
1982   // to represent what is actually causing the operation
1983   enum AssignmentAction {
1984     AA_Assigning,
1985     AA_Passing,
1986     AA_Returning,
1987     AA_Converting,
1988     AA_Initializing,
1989     AA_Sending,
1990     AA_Casting,
1991     AA_Passing_CFAudited
1992   };
1993 
1994   /// C++ Overloading.
1995   enum OverloadKind {
1996     /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are
1997     /// functions or function templates with different signatures.
1998     Ovl_Overload,
1999 
2000     /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches
2001     /// an existing declaration.
2002     Ovl_Match,
2003 
2004     /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a
2005     /// non-function.
2006     Ovl_NonFunction
2007   };
2008   OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S,
2009                              FunctionDecl *New,
2010                              const LookupResult &OldDecls,
2011                              NamedDecl *&OldDecl,
2012                              bool IsForUsingDecl);
2013   bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl);
2014 
2015   /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current
2016   /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored.
2017   ///
2018   /// \returns true if \p FD is unavailable and current context is inside
2019   /// an available function, false otherwise.
2020   bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD);
2021 
2022   ImplicitConversionSequence
2023   TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2024                         bool SuppressUserConversions,
2025                         bool AllowExplicit,
2026                         bool InOverloadResolution,
2027                         bool CStyle,
2028                         bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion);
2029 
2030   bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
2031   bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
2032   bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
2033   bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2034                            bool InOverloadResolution,
2035                            QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC);
2036   bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2037                                QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC);
2038   bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2039                                  QualType &ConvertedType);
2040   bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2041                                 QualType& ConvertedType);
2042   bool FunctionParamTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType,
2043                                   const FunctionProtoType *NewType,
2044                                   unsigned *ArgPos = nullptr);
2045   void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag,
2046                                   QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
2047 
2048   CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E);
2049   bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2050                               CastKind &Kind,
2051                               CXXCastPath& BasePath,
2052                               bool IgnoreBaseAccess);
2053   bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2054                                  bool InOverloadResolution,
2055                                  QualType &ConvertedType);
2056   bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2057                                     CastKind &Kind,
2058                                     CXXCastPath &BasePath,
2059                                     bool IgnoreBaseAccess);
2060   bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2061                                  bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion);
2062   bool IsNoReturnConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2063                             QualType &ResultTy);
2064   bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
2065   bool isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType(CanQualType Param, CanQualType Arg);
2066 
2067   ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
2068                                              const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate,
2069                                              QualType ResultType,
2070                                              Expr *Value,
2071                                              bool AllowNRVO = true);
2072 
2073   bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
2074                                     ExprResult Init);
2075   ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
2076                                        SourceLocation EqualLoc,
2077                                        ExprResult Init,
2078                                        bool TopLevelOfInitList = false,
2079                                        bool AllowExplicit = false);
2080   ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From,
2081                                                  NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
2082                                                  NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
2083                                                  CXXMethodDecl *Method);
2084 
2085   ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From);
2086   ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From);
2087 
2088   /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required.
2089   enum CCEKind {
2090     CCEK_CaseValue,   ///< Expression in a case label.
2091     CCEK_Enumerator,  ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type.
2092     CCEK_TemplateArg, ///< Value of a non-type template parameter.
2093     CCEK_NewExpr      ///< Constant expression in a noptr-new-declarator.
2094   };
2095   ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T,
2096                                               llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE);
2097   ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T,
2098                                               APValue &Value, CCEKind CCE);
2099 
2100   /// \brief Abstract base class used to perform a contextual implicit
2101   /// conversion from an expression to any type passing a filter.
2102   class ContextualImplicitConverter {
2103   public:
2104     bool Suppress;
2105     bool SuppressConversion;
2106 
2107     ContextualImplicitConverter(bool Suppress = false,
2108                                 bool SuppressConversion = false)
Suppress(Suppress)2109         : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) {}
2110 
2111     /// \brief Determine whether the specified type is a valid destination type
2112     /// for this conversion.
2113     virtual bool match(QualType T) = 0;
2114 
2115     /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have
2116     /// integral or enumeration type.
2117     virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2118     diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2119 
2120     /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type.
2121     virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2122     diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2123 
2124     /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function
2125     /// is explicit.
2126     virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(
2127         Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
2128 
2129     /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function.
2130     virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2131     noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
2132 
2133     /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion
2134     /// functions.
2135     virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2136     diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2137 
2138     /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions.
2139     virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2140     noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
2141 
2142     /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function
2143     /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function).
2144     virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(
2145         Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
2146 
~ContextualImplicitConverter()2147     virtual ~ContextualImplicitConverter() {}
2148   };
2149 
2150   class ICEConvertDiagnoser : public ContextualImplicitConverter {
2151     bool AllowScopedEnumerations;
2152 
2153   public:
ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool AllowScopedEnumerations,bool Suppress,bool SuppressConversion)2154     ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool AllowScopedEnumerations,
2155                         bool Suppress, bool SuppressConversion)
2156         : ContextualImplicitConverter(Suppress, SuppressConversion),
2157           AllowScopedEnumerations(AllowScopedEnumerations) {}
2158 
2159     /// Match an integral or (possibly scoped) enumeration type.
2160     bool match(QualType T) override;
2161 
2162     SemaDiagnosticBuilder
diagnoseNoMatch(Sema & S,SourceLocation Loc,QualType T)2163     diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
2164       return diagnoseNotInt(S, Loc, T);
2165     }
2166 
2167     /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have
2168     /// integral or enumeration type.
2169     virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2170     diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2171   };
2172 
2173   /// Perform a contextual implicit conversion.
2174   ExprResult PerformContextualImplicitConversion(
2175       SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter);
2176 
2177 
2178   enum ObjCSubscriptKind {
2179     OS_Array,
2180     OS_Dictionary,
2181     OS_Error
2182   };
2183   ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE);
2184 
2185   // Note that LK_String is intentionally after the other literals, as
2186   // this is used for diagnostics logic.
2187   enum ObjCLiteralKind {
2188     LK_Array,
2189     LK_Dictionary,
2190     LK_Numeric,
2191     LK_Boxed,
2192     LK_String,
2193     LK_Block,
2194     LK_None
2195   };
2196   ObjCLiteralKind CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE);
2197 
2198   ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From,
2199                                            NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
2200                                            NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
2201                                            NamedDecl *Member);
2202 
2203   // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*.
2204   // TODO: make this is a typesafe union.
2205   typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext   *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet;
2206   typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet;
2207 
2208   void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function,
2209                             DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2210                             ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2211                             OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2212                             bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2213                             bool PartialOverloading = false,
2214                             bool AllowExplicit = false);
2215   void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions,
2216                       ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2217                       OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
2218                       TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr,
2219                       bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2220                       bool PartialOverloading = false);
2221   void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2222                           QualType ObjectType,
2223                           Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
2224                           ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2225                           OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2226                           bool SuppressUserConversion = false);
2227   void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method,
2228                           DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2229                           CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType,
2230                           Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
2231                           ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2232                           OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2233                           bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2234                           bool PartialOverloading = false);
2235   void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl,
2236                                   DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2237                                   CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2238                                  TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2239                                   QualType ObjectType,
2240                                   Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
2241                                   ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2242                                   OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2243                                   bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2244                                   bool PartialOverloading = false);
2245   void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
2246                                     DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2247                                  TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2248                                     ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2249                                     OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2250                                     bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2251                                     bool PartialOverloading = false);
2252   void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
2253                               DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2254                               CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2255                               Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2256                               OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2257                               bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit);
2258   void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
2259                                       DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2260                                       CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2261                                       Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2262                                       OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
2263                                       bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit);
2264   void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
2265                              DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2266                              CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2267                              const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
2268                              Expr *Object, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2269                              OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
2270   void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
2271                                    SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2272                                    OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2273                                    SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange());
2274   void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys,
2275                            ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2276                            OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2277                            bool IsAssignmentOperator = false,
2278                            unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0);
2279   void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
2280                                     SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2281                                     OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
2282   void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name,
2283                                             SourceLocation Loc,
2284                                             ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2285                                 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2286                                             OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2287                                             bool PartialOverloading = false);
2288 
2289   // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate
2290   void NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn, QualType DestType = QualType());
2291 
2292   // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates
2293   // identified by the expression Expr
2294   void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr* E, QualType DestType = QualType());
2295 
2296   /// Check the enable_if expressions on the given function. Returns the first
2297   /// failing attribute, or NULL if they were all successful.
2298   EnableIfAttr *CheckEnableIf(FunctionDecl *Function, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2299                               bool MissingImplicitThis = false);
2300 
2301   // [PossiblyAFunctionType]  -->   [Return]
2302   // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType
2303   // R (A) --> R(A)
2304   // R (*)(A) --> R (A)
2305   // R (&)(A) --> R (A)
2306   // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A)
2307   QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType);
2308 
2309   FunctionDecl *
2310   ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr,
2311                                      QualType TargetType,
2312                                      bool Complain,
2313                                      DeclAccessPair &Found,
2314                                      bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = nullptr);
2315 
2316   FunctionDecl *
2317   ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl,
2318                                               bool Complain = false,
2319                                               DeclAccessPair *Found = nullptr);
2320 
2321   bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(
2322                       ExprResult &SrcExpr,
2323                       bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false,
2324                       bool Complain = false,
2325                       const SourceRange& OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(),
2326                       QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(),
2327                       unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0);
2328 
2329 
2330   Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E,
2331                                        DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2332                                        FunctionDecl *Fn);
2333   ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult,
2334                                             DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2335                                             FunctionDecl *Fn);
2336 
2337   void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2338                                    ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2339                                    OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
2340                                    bool PartialOverloading = false);
2341 
2342   // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a
2343   // range-based for loop.
2344   enum ForRangeStatus {
2345     FRS_Success,
2346     FRS_NoViableFunction,
2347     FRS_DiagnosticIssued
2348   };
2349 
2350   // An enum to represent whether something is dealing with a call to begin()
2351   // or a call to end() in a range-based for loop.
2352   enum BeginEndFunction {
2353     BEF_begin,
2354     BEF_end
2355   };
2356 
2357   ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
2358                                            SourceLocation RangeLoc,
2359                                            VarDecl *Decl,
2360                                            BeginEndFunction BEF,
2361                                            const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2362                                            LookupResult &MemberLookup,
2363                                            OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet,
2364                                            Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr);
2365 
2366   ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn,
2367                                      UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2368                                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2369                                      MultiExprArg Args,
2370                                      SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2371                                      Expr *ExecConfig,
2372                                      bool AllowTypoCorrection=true);
2373 
2374   bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2375                               MultiExprArg Args, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2376                               OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet,
2377                               ExprResult *Result);
2378 
2379   ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
2380                                      unsigned Opc,
2381                                      const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
2382                                      Expr *input);
2383 
2384   ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
2385                                    unsigned Opc,
2386                                    const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
2387                                    Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
2388 
2389   ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc,
2390                                                 SourceLocation RLoc,
2391                                                 Expr *Base,Expr *Idx);
2392 
2393   ExprResult
2394   BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr,
2395                             SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2396                             MultiExprArg Args,
2397                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2398   ExprResult
2399   BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2400                                MultiExprArg Args,
2401                                SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2402 
2403   ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
2404                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
2405                                       bool *NoArrowOperatorFound = nullptr);
2406 
2407   /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is
2408   /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location
2409   /// that best represents the call.
2410   bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
2411                            CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD);
2412 
2413   /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions.
2414   bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl *const *Param,
2415                                 ParmVarDecl *const *ParamEnd,
2416                                 bool CheckParameterNames);
2417   void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD);
2418   void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D);
2419   Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S);
2420 
2421   /// \name Name lookup
2422   ///
2423   /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic
2424   /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers,
2425   /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or
2426   /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry
2427   /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup,
2428   /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup.
2429   ///
2430   /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria,
2431   /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how
2432   /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both
2433   /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore
2434   /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name
2435   /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name
2436   /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration.
2437   ///
2438   /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name
2439   /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation
2440   /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing
2441   /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup
2442   /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or
2443   /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name
2444   /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides
2445   /// the ability to distinguish among them.
2446   //@{
2447 
2448   /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform.
2449   enum LookupNameKind {
2450     /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions,
2451     /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names
2452     /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++.
2453     LookupOrdinaryName = 0,
2454     /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes,
2455     /// structs, and unions.
2456     LookupTagName,
2457     /// Label name lookup.
2458     LookupLabel,
2459     /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of
2460     /// class/struct/union members.
2461     LookupMemberName,
2462     /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with
2463     /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name
2464     /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members.
2465     LookupOperatorName,
2466     /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution
2467     /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object,
2468     /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1).
2469     LookupNestedNameSpecifierName,
2470     /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or
2471     /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++
2472     /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1).
2473     LookupNamespaceName,
2474     /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name,
2475     /// including resolved using declarations.  This is appropriate
2476     /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration.
2477     LookupUsingDeclName,
2478     /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a
2479     /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that
2480     /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See
2481     /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6.
2482     LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage,
2483     /// Look up a friend of a local class. This lookup does not look
2484     /// outside the innermost non-class scope. See C++11 [class.friend]p11.
2485     LookupLocalFriendName,
2486     /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol.
2487     LookupObjCProtocolName,
2488     /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method.
2489     LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam,
2490     /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name.
2491     LookupAnyName
2492   };
2493 
2494   /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a
2495   /// redeclaration (vs. a reference).
2496   enum RedeclarationKind {
2497     /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the
2498     /// purpose of redeclaring the name.
2499     NotForRedeclaration = 0,
2500     /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name,
2501     /// if an entity by that name already exists.
2502     ForRedeclaration
2503   };
2504 
2505   /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator.
2506   enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult {
2507     /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error.
2508     LOLR_Error,
2509     /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which
2510     /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it.
2511     LOLR_Cooked,
2512     /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects
2513     /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token.
2514     LOLR_Raw,
2515     /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates,
2516     /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be
2517     /// passed as a non-type template argument pack.
2518     LOLR_Template,
2519     /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates,
2520     /// which expect the character type and characters of the spelling of the
2521     /// string literal token to be passed as template arguments.
2522     LOLR_StringTemplate
2523   };
2524 
2525   SpecialMemberOverloadResult *LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D,
2526                                                    CXXSpecialMember SM,
2527                                                    bool ConstArg,
2528                                                    bool VolatileArg,
2529                                                    bool RValueThis,
2530                                                    bool ConstThis,
2531                                                    bool VolatileThis);
2532 
2533   typedef std::function<void(const TypoCorrection &)> TypoDiagnosticGenerator;
2534   typedef std::function<ExprResult(Sema &, TypoExpr *, TypoCorrection)>
2535       TypoRecoveryCallback;
2536 
2537 private:
2538   bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S);
2539 
2540   struct TypoExprState {
2541     std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> Consumer;
2542     TypoDiagnosticGenerator DiagHandler;
2543     TypoRecoveryCallback RecoveryHandler;
2544     TypoExprState();
2545     TypoExprState(TypoExprState&& other) LLVM_NOEXCEPT;
2546     TypoExprState& operator=(TypoExprState&& other) LLVM_NOEXCEPT;
2547   };
2548 
2549   /// \brief The set of unhandled TypoExprs and their associated state.
2550   llvm::MapVector<TypoExpr *, TypoExprState> DelayedTypos;
2551 
2552   /// \brief Creates a new TypoExpr AST node.
2553   TypoExpr *createDelayedTypo(std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> TCC,
2554                               TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG,
2555                               TypoRecoveryCallback TRC);
2556 
2557   // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls.
2558   //
2559   // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded
2560   // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise.
2561   llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces;
2562 
2563   /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal
2564   /// source.
2565   bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces;
2566 
2567   /// \brief Helper for CorrectTypo and CorrectTypoDelayed used to create and
2568   /// populate a new TypoCorrectionConsumer. Returns nullptr if typo correction
2569   /// should be skipped entirely.
2570   std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer>
2571   makeTypoCorrectionConsumer(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo,
2572                              Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, Scope *S,
2573                              CXXScopeSpec *SS,
2574                              std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
2575                              DeclContext *MemberContext, bool EnteringContext,
2576                              const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
2577                              bool ErrorRecovery);
2578 
2579 public:
2580   const TypoExprState &getTypoExprState(TypoExpr *TE) const;
2581 
2582   /// \brief Clears the state of the given TypoExpr.
2583   void clearDelayedTypo(TypoExpr *TE);
2584 
2585   /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration.  Return
2586   /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded.
2587   ///
2588   /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle
2589   /// ambiguity and overloaded.
2590   NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name,
2591                               SourceLocation Loc,
2592                               LookupNameKind NameKind,
2593                               RedeclarationKind Redecl
2594                                 = NotForRedeclaration);
2595   bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S,
2596                   bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false);
2597   bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
2598                            bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false);
2599   bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
2600                            CXXScopeSpec &SS);
2601   bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
2602                         bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false,
2603                         bool EnteringContext = false);
2604   ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc,
2605                                    RedeclarationKind Redecl
2606                                      = NotForRedeclaration);
2607   bool LookupInSuper(LookupResult &R, CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2608 
2609   void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S,
2610                                     QualType T1, QualType T2,
2611                                     UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions);
2612   void addOverloadedOperatorToUnresolvedSet(UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions,
2613                                             DeclAccessPair Operator,
2614                                             QualType T1, QualType T2);
2615 
2616   LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
2617                                  SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation());
2618 
2619   DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2620   CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2621   CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2622                                                unsigned Quals);
2623   CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals,
2624                                          bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals);
2625   CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2626                                               unsigned Quals);
2627   CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals,
2628                                         bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals);
2629   CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2630 
2631   bool checkLiteralOperatorId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const UnqualifiedId &Id);
2632   LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R,
2633                                                     ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys,
2634                                                     bool AllowRaw,
2635                                                     bool AllowTemplate,
2636                                                     bool AllowStringTemplate);
2637   bool isKnownName(StringRef name);
2638 
2639   void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation Loc,
2640                                ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, ADLResult &Functions);
2641 
2642   void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind,
2643                           VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
2644                           bool IncludeGlobalScope = true);
2645   void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind,
2646                           VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
2647                           bool IncludeGlobalScope = true);
2648 
2649   enum CorrectTypoKind {
2650     CTK_NonError,     // CorrectTypo used in a non error recovery situation.
2651     CTK_ErrorRecovery // CorrectTypo used in normal error recovery.
2652   };
2653 
2654   TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo,
2655                              Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
2656                              Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
2657                              std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
2658                              CorrectTypoKind Mode,
2659                              DeclContext *MemberContext = nullptr,
2660                              bool EnteringContext = false,
2661                              const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = nullptr,
2662                              bool RecordFailure = true);
2663 
2664   TypoExpr *CorrectTypoDelayed(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo,
2665                                Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, Scope *S,
2666                                CXXScopeSpec *SS,
2667                                std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
2668                                TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG,
2669                                TypoRecoveryCallback TRC, CorrectTypoKind Mode,
2670                                DeclContext *MemberContext = nullptr,
2671                                bool EnteringContext = false,
2672                                const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = nullptr);
2673 
2674   ExprResult
2675   CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Expr *E,
2676                             llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter =
2677                                 [](Expr *E) -> ExprResult { return E; });
2678 
2679   ExprResult
2680   CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ExprResult ER,
2681                             llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter =
2682                                 [](Expr *E) -> ExprResult { return E; }) {
2683     return ER.isInvalid() ? ER : CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ER.get(), Filter);
2684   }
2685 
2686   void diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
2687                     const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
2688                     bool ErrorRecovery = true);
2689 
2690   void diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
2691                     const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
2692                     const PartialDiagnostic &PrevNote,
2693                     bool ErrorRecovery = true);
2694 
2695   void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(SourceLocation InstantiationLoc,
2696                                           ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2697                                    AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces,
2698                                    AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses);
2699 
2700   void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
2701                             bool ConsiderLinkage, bool AllowInlineNamespace);
2702 
2703   void DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result);
2704   //@}
2705 
2706   ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
2707                                           SourceLocation IdLoc,
2708                                           bool TypoCorrection = false);
2709   NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID,
2710                                  Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
2711                                  SourceLocation Loc);
2712   NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II,
2713                                       Scope *S);
2714   void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD);
2715 
2716   // More parsing and symbol table subroutines.
2717 
2718   void ProcessPragmaWeak(Scope *S, Decl *D);
2719   // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher.
2720   void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD);
2721   void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL,
2722                                 bool IncludeCXX11Attributes = true);
2723   bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl,
2724                                       const AttributeList *AttrList);
2725 
2726   void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D);
2727 
2728   /// Determine if type T is a valid subject for a nonnull and similar
2729   /// attributes. By default, we look through references (the behavior used by
2730   /// nonnull), but if the second parameter is true, then we treat a reference
2731   /// type as valid.
2732   bool isValidPointerAttrType(QualType T, bool RefOkay = false);
2733 
2734   bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value);
2735   bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC,
2736                             const FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr);
2737   bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr);
2738   bool checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(const AttributeList &Attr,
2739                                       unsigned ArgNum, StringRef &Str,
2740                                       SourceLocation *ArgLocation = nullptr);
2741   bool checkSectionName(SourceLocation LiteralLoc, StringRef Str);
2742   bool checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(
2743       CXXRecordDecl *RD, SourceRange Range, bool BestCase,
2744       MSInheritanceAttr::Spelling SemanticSpelling);
2745 
2746   void CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Decl *D);
2747 
2748   /// Adjust the calling convention of a method to be the ABI default if it
2749   /// wasn't specified explicitly.  This handles method types formed from
2750   /// function type typedefs and typename template arguments.
2751   void adjustMemberFunctionCC(QualType &T, bool IsStatic);
2752 
2753   // Check if there is an explicit attribute, but only look through parens.
2754   // The intent is to look for an attribute on the current declarator, but not
2755   // one that came from a typedef.
2756   bool hasExplicitCallingConv(QualType &T);
2757 
2758   /// Get the outermost AttributedType node that sets a calling convention.
2759   /// Valid types should not have multiple attributes with different CCs.
2760   const AttributedType *getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const;
2761 
2762   /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher.
2763   StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs,
2764                                    SourceRange Range);
2765 
2766   void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2767                                    ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
2768                                    bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
2769 
2770   void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2771                                    ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden,
2772                                    bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
2773 
2774   /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method
2775   /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration.
2776   void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2777                              ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
2778                              bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
2779 
2780   typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet;
2781   typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, ObjCMethodDecl*> ProtocolsMethodsMap;
2782 
2783   /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables
2784   /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface.
2785   void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl,
2786                                 ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars,
2787                                 SourceLocation Loc);
2788 
2789   /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method
2790   /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation.
2791   void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2792                                  ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl,
2793                                  bool IncompleteImpl = false);
2794 
2795   /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties
2796   /// which must be implemented by this implementation.
2797   void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2798                                        ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
2799                                        bool SynthesizeProperties);
2800 
2801   /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all
2802   /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation.
2803   void DefaultSynthesizeProperties (Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2804                                     ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl);
2805   void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D);
2806 
2807   /// IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor - This routine returns 'true' if 'IV' is
2808   /// an ivar synthesized for 'Method' and 'Method' is a property accessor
2809   /// declared in class 'IFace'.
2810   bool IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace,
2811                                       ObjCMethodDecl *Method, ObjCIvarDecl *IV);
2812 
2813   /// DiagnoseUnusedBackingIvarInAccessor - Issue an 'unused' warning if ivar which
2814   /// backs the property is not used in the property's accessor.
2815   void DiagnoseUnusedBackingIvarInAccessor(Scope *S,
2816                                            const ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD);
2817 
2818   /// GetIvarBackingPropertyAccessor - If method is a property setter/getter and
2819   /// it property has a backing ivar, returns this ivar; otherwise, returns NULL.
2820   /// It also returns ivar's property on success.
2821   ObjCIvarDecl *GetIvarBackingPropertyAccessor(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2822                                                const ObjCPropertyDecl *&PDecl) const;
2823 
2824   /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in
2825   /// class extensions.
2826   ObjCPropertyDecl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S,
2827                       SourceLocation AtLoc,
2828                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2829                       FieldDeclarator &FD,
2830                       Selector GetterSel,
2831                       Selector SetterSel,
2832                       const bool isAssign,
2833                       const bool isReadWrite,
2834                       const unsigned Attributes,
2835                       const unsigned AttributesAsWritten,
2836                       bool *isOverridingProperty,
2837                       TypeSourceInfo *T,
2838                       tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind);
2839 
2840   /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to
2841   /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface.
2842   ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S,
2843                                        ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
2844                                        SourceLocation AtLoc,
2845                                        SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2846                                        FieldDeclarator &FD,
2847                                        Selector GetterSel,
2848                                        Selector SetterSel,
2849                                        const bool isAssign,
2850                                        const bool isReadWrite,
2851                                        const unsigned Attributes,
2852                                        const unsigned AttributesAsWritten,
2853                                        TypeSourceInfo *T,
2854                                        tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
2855                                        DeclContext *lexicalDC = nullptr);
2856 
2857   /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via
2858   /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared
2859   /// setter or getter.
2860   void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2861                                        ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl);
2862 
2863   void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D);
2864 
2865   void DiagnoseMissingDesignatedInitOverrides(
2866                                           const ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD,
2867                                           const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFD);
2868 
2869   void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID);
2870 
2871   enum MethodMatchStrategy {
2872     MMS_loose,
2873     MMS_strict
2874   };
2875 
2876   /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns
2877   /// true, or false, accordingly.
2878   bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2879                                   const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod,
2880                                   MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict);
2881 
2882   /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or
2883   /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations.
2884   void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap,
2885                                   const SelectorSet &ClsMap,
2886                                   SelectorSet &InsMapSeen,
2887                                   SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen,
2888                                   ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2889                                   ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl,
2890                                   bool &IncompleteImpl,
2891                                   bool ImmediateClass,
2892                                   bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false);
2893 
2894   /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in
2895   /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and
2896   /// warns each time an exact match is found.
2897   void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP);
2898 
2899   /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods.
2900   void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method);
2901 
2902 private:
2903   /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global
2904   /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool.
2905   void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance);
2906 
2907   /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and
2908   /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures.
2909   ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
2910                                            bool receiverIdOrClass,
2911                                            bool instance);
2912 
2913 public:
2914   /// \brief - Returns instance or factory methods in global method pool for
2915   /// given selector. If no such method or only one method found, function returns
2916   /// false; otherwise, it returns true
2917   bool CollectMultipleMethodsInGlobalPool(Selector Sel,
2918                                           SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*>& Methods,
2919                                           bool instance);
2920 
2921   bool AreMultipleMethodsInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, ObjCMethodDecl *BestMethod,
2922                                       SourceRange R,
2923                                       bool receiverIdOrClass);
2924 
2925   void DiagnoseMultipleMethodInGlobalPool(SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*> &Methods,
2926                                           Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
2927                                           bool receiverIdOrClass);
2928 
2929 private:
2930   /// \brief - Returns a selector which best matches given argument list or
2931   /// nullptr if none could be found
2932   ObjCMethodDecl *SelectBestMethod(Selector Sel, MultiExprArg Args,
2933                                    bool IsInstance);
2934 
2935 
2936   /// \brief Record the typo correction failure and return an empty correction.
2937   TypoCorrection FailedCorrection(IdentifierInfo *Typo, SourceLocation TypoLoc,
2938                                   bool RecordFailure = true) {
2939     if (RecordFailure)
2940       TypoCorrectionFailures[Typo].insert(TypoLoc);
2941     return TypoCorrection();
2942   }
2943 
2944 public:
2945   /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation
2946   /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate
2947   /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking
2948   /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown).
2949   void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) {
2950     AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true);
2951   }
2952 
2953   /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods.
2954   void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) {
2955     AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false);
2956   }
2957 
2958   /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global
2959   /// pool.
2960   void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D);
2961 
2962   /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if
2963   /// there are multiple signatures.
2964   ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
2965                                                    bool receiverIdOrClass=false) {
2966     return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass,
2967                                     /*instance*/true);
2968   }
2969 
2970   /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if
2971   /// there are multiple signatures.
2972   ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
2973                                                   bool receiverIdOrClass=false) {
2974     return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass,
2975                                     /*instance*/false);
2976   }
2977 
2978   const ObjCMethodDecl *SelectorsForTypoCorrection(Selector Sel,
2979                               QualType ObjectType=QualType());
2980   /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an
2981   /// implementation.
2982   ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel);
2983 
2984   /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require
2985   /// initialization.
2986   void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
2987                                   SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars);
2988 
2989   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2990   // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp.
2991 public:
2992   class FullExprArg {
2993   public:
FullExprArg(Sema & actions)2994     FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(nullptr) { }
2995 
release()2996     ExprResult release() {
2997       return E;
2998     }
2999 
get()3000     Expr *get() const { return E; }
3001 
3002     Expr *operator->() {
3003       return E;
3004     }
3005 
3006   private:
3007     // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just
3008     // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below.
3009     friend class Sema;
3010 
FullExprArg(Expr * expr)3011     explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {}
3012 
3013     Expr *E;
3014   };
3015 
MakeFullExpr(Expr * Arg)3016   FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) {
3017     return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation());
3018   }
MakeFullExpr(Expr * Arg,SourceLocation CC)3019   FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) {
3020     return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC).get());
3021   }
MakeFullDiscardedValueExpr(Expr * Arg)3022   FullExprArg MakeFullDiscardedValueExpr(Expr *Arg) {
3023     ExprResult FE =
3024       ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation(),
3025                           /*DiscardedValue*/ true);
3026     return FullExprArg(FE.get());
3027   }
3028 
3029   StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(ExprResult Arg);
3030   StmtResult ActOnExprStmtError();
3031 
3032   StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc,
3033                            bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false);
3034 
3035   void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt();
3036   void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt();
3037   StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R,
3038                                ArrayRef<Stmt *> Elts, bool isStmtExpr);
3039 
3040   /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement.
3041   class CompoundScopeRAII {
3042   public:
CompoundScopeRAII(Sema & S)3043     CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S): S(S) {
3044       S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt();
3045     }
3046 
~CompoundScopeRAII()3047     ~CompoundScopeRAII() {
3048       S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt();
3049     }
3050 
3051   private:
3052     Sema &S;
3053   };
3054 
3055   /// An RAII helper that pops function a function scope on exit.
3056   struct FunctionScopeRAII {
3057     Sema &S;
3058     bool Active;
FunctionScopeRAIIFunctionScopeRAII3059     FunctionScopeRAII(Sema &S) : S(S), Active(true) {}
~FunctionScopeRAIIFunctionScopeRAII3060     ~FunctionScopeRAII() {
3061       if (Active)
3062         S.PopFunctionScopeInfo();
3063     }
disableFunctionScopeRAII3064     void disable() { Active = false; }
3065   };
3066 
3067   StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl,
3068                                    SourceLocation StartLoc,
3069                                    SourceLocation EndLoc);
3070   void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl);
3071   StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E);
3072   StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal,
3073                                    SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal,
3074                                    SourceLocation ColonLoc);
3075   void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt);
3076 
3077   StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
3078                                       SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3079                                       Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope);
3080   StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl,
3081                             SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt);
3082 
3083   StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc,
3084                                  ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs,
3085                                  Stmt *SubStmt);
3086 
3087   StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc,
3088                          FullExprArg CondVal, Decl *CondVar,
3089                          Stmt *ThenVal,
3090                          SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal);
3091   StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc,
3092                                             Expr *Cond,
3093                                             Decl *CondVar);
3094   StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc,
3095                                            Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body);
3096   StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc,
3097                             FullExprArg Cond,
3098                             Decl *CondVar, Stmt *Body);
3099   StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body,
3100                                  SourceLocation WhileLoc,
3101                                  SourceLocation CondLParen, Expr *Cond,
3102                                  SourceLocation CondRParen);
3103 
3104   StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc,
3105                           SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3106                           Stmt *First, FullExprArg Second,
3107                           Decl *SecondVar,
3108                           FullExprArg Third,
3109                           SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3110                           Stmt *Body);
3111   ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc,
3112                                            Expr *collection);
3113   StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc,
3114                                         Stmt *First, Expr *collection,
3115                                         SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3116   StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body);
3117 
3118   enum BuildForRangeKind {
3119     /// Initial building of a for-range statement.
3120     BFRK_Build,
3121     /// Instantiation or recovery rebuild of a for-range statement. Don't
3122     /// attempt any typo-correction.
3123     BFRK_Rebuild,
3124     /// Determining whether a for-range statement could be built. Avoid any
3125     /// unnecessary or irreversible actions.
3126     BFRK_Check
3127   };
3128 
3129   StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, Stmt *LoopVar,
3130                                   SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection,
3131                                   SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3132                                   BuildForRangeKind Kind);
3133   StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc,
3134                                   SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3135                                   Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *BeginEndDecl,
3136                                   Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc,
3137                                   Stmt *LoopVarDecl,
3138                                   SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3139                                   BuildForRangeKind Kind);
3140   StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body);
3141 
3142   StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc,
3143                            SourceLocation LabelLoc,
3144                            LabelDecl *TheDecl);
3145   StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc,
3146                                    SourceLocation StarLoc,
3147                                    Expr *DestExp);
3148   StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope);
3149   StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation BreakLoc, Scope *CurScope);
3150 
3151   void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope,
3152                                 CapturedRegionKind Kind, unsigned NumParams);
3153   typedef std::pair<StringRef, QualType> CapturedParamNameType;
3154   void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope,
3155                                 CapturedRegionKind Kind,
3156                                 ArrayRef<CapturedParamNameType> Params);
3157   StmtResult ActOnCapturedRegionEnd(Stmt *S);
3158   void ActOnCapturedRegionError();
3159   RecordDecl *CreateCapturedStmtRecordDecl(CapturedDecl *&CD,
3160                                            SourceLocation Loc,
3161                                            unsigned NumParams);
3162   VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E,
3163                                    bool AllowFunctionParameters);
3164   bool isCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, const VarDecl *VD,
3165                               bool AllowFunctionParameters);
3166 
3167   StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp,
3168                              Scope *CurScope);
3169   StmtResult BuildReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp);
3170   StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp);
3171 
3172   StmtResult ActOnGCCAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple,
3173                              bool IsVolatile, unsigned NumOutputs,
3174                              unsigned NumInputs, IdentifierInfo **Names,
3175                              MultiExprArg Constraints, MultiExprArg Exprs,
3176                              Expr *AsmString, MultiExprArg Clobbers,
3177                              SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3178 
3179   ExprResult LookupInlineAsmIdentifier(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3180                                        SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3181                                        UnqualifiedId &Id,
3182                                        llvm::InlineAsmIdentifierInfo &Info,
3183                                        bool IsUnevaluatedContext);
3184   bool LookupInlineAsmField(StringRef Base, StringRef Member,
3185                             unsigned &Offset, SourceLocation AsmLoc);
3186   StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
3187                             ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks,
3188                             StringRef AsmString,
3189                             unsigned NumOutputs, unsigned NumInputs,
3190                             ArrayRef<StringRef> Constraints,
3191                             ArrayRef<StringRef> Clobbers,
3192                             ArrayRef<Expr*> Exprs,
3193                             SourceLocation EndLoc);
3194   LabelDecl *GetOrCreateMSAsmLabel(StringRef ExternalLabelName,
3195                                    SourceLocation Location,
3196                                    bool AlwaysCreate);
3197 
3198   VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType,
3199                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
3200                                   SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
3201                                   bool Invalid = false);
3202 
3203   Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
3204 
3205   StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen,
3206                                   Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body);
3207 
3208   StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body);
3209 
3210   StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try,
3211                                 MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally);
3212 
3213   StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw);
3214   StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw,
3215                                   Scope *CurScope);
3216   ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc,
3217                                             Expr *operand);
3218   StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc,
3219                                          Expr *SynchExpr,
3220                                          Stmt *SynchBody);
3221 
3222   StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body);
3223 
3224   VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3225                                      SourceLocation StartLoc,
3226                                      SourceLocation IdLoc,
3227                                      IdentifierInfo *Id);
3228 
3229   Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
3230 
3231   StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc,
3232                                 Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock);
3233   StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock,
3234                               ArrayRef<Stmt *> Handlers);
3235 
3236   StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ?
3237                               SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock,
3238                               Stmt *Handler);
3239   StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc,
3240                                  Expr *FilterExpr,
3241                                  Stmt *Block);
3242   void ActOnStartSEHFinallyBlock();
3243   void ActOnAbortSEHFinallyBlock();
3244   StmtResult ActOnFinishSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc, Stmt *Block);
3245   StmtResult ActOnSEHLeaveStmt(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope);
3246 
3247   void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock);
3248 
3249   bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const;
3250 
3251   /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track
3252   /// of it.
3253   void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D);
3254 
3255   /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression
3256   /// whose result is unused, warn.
3257   void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S);
3258   void DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D);
3259   void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND);
3260 
3261   /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null
3262   /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line.
3263   ///
3264   /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as:
3265   ///     if (condition);
3266   ///       do_stuff();
3267   void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc,
3268                              const Stmt *Body,
3269                              unsigned DiagID);
3270 
3271   /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by
3272   /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body.
3273   void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S,
3274                              const Stmt *PossibleBody);
3275 
3276   /// Warn if a value is moved to itself.
3277   void DiagnoseSelfMove(const Expr *LHSExpr, const Expr *RHSExpr,
3278                         SourceLocation OpLoc);
3279 
PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool & pool)3280   ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) {
3281     return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool);
3282   }
3283   void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl);
3284 
3285   typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState;
PushParsingClass()3286   ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() {
3287     return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed();
3288   }
PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state)3289   void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) {
3290     DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state);
3291   }
3292 
3293   void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool);
3294 
3295   enum AvailabilityDiagnostic { AD_Deprecation, AD_Unavailable, AD_Partial };
3296 
3297   void EmitAvailabilityWarning(AvailabilityDiagnostic AD,
3298                                NamedDecl *D, StringRef Message,
3299                                SourceLocation Loc,
3300                                const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass,
3301                                const ObjCPropertyDecl  *ObjCProperty,
3302                                bool ObjCPropertyAccess);
3303 
3304   bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc,
3305                                      StringRef message);
3306 
3307   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3308   // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp.
3309 
3310   bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D);
3311   bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
3312                          const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=nullptr,
3313                          bool ObjCPropertyAccess=false);
3314   void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD);
3315   std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD);
3316   bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD,
3317                                         ObjCMethodDecl *Getter,
3318                                         SourceLocation Loc);
3319   void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
3320                              ArrayRef<Expr *> Args);
3321 
3322   void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
3323                                        Decl *LambdaContextDecl = nullptr,
3324                                        bool IsDecltype = false);
3325   enum ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t { ReuseLambdaContextDecl };
3326   void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
3327                                        ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t,
3328                                        bool IsDecltype = false);
3329   void PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
3330 
3331   void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
3332 
3333   ExprResult TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E);
3334   ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E);
3335 
3336   ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res);
3337 
3338   // Functions for marking a declaration referenced.  These functions also
3339   // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or
3340   // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense).  There are separate variants
3341   // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking
3342   // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the
3343   // named expressions.
3344   void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D, bool OdrUse);
3345   void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func,
3346                               bool OdrUse = true);
3347   void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var);
3348   void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E);
3349   void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E);
3350 
3351   void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E);
3352   void CleanupVarDeclMarking();
3353 
3354   enum TryCaptureKind {
3355     TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef
3356   };
3357 
3358   /// \brief Try to capture the given variable.
3359   ///
3360   /// \param Var The variable to capture.
3361   ///
3362   /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs.
3363   ///
3364   /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a
3365   /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda).
3366   ///
3367   /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in
3368   /// an explicit lambda capture.
3369   ///
3370   /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the
3371   /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether
3372   /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining
3373   /// if the variable cannot be captured.
3374   ///
3375   /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture
3376   /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the
3377   /// variable can be captured.
3378   ///
3379   /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture
3380   /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be
3381   /// captured.
3382   ///
3383   /// \param FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt If non-null, it points to the index
3384   /// of the FunctionScopeInfo stack beyond which we do not attempt to capture.
3385   /// This is useful when enclosing lambdas must speculatively capture
3386   /// variables that may or may not be used in certain specializations of
3387   /// a nested generic lambda.
3388   ///
3389   /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be
3390   /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded.
3391   bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind,
3392                           SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose,
3393                           QualType &CaptureType,
3394                           QualType &DeclRefType,
3395                           const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt);
3396 
3397   /// \brief Try to capture the given variable.
3398   bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc,
3399                           TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit,
3400                           SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation());
3401 
3402   /// \brief Checks if the variable must be captured.
3403   bool NeedToCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc);
3404 
3405   /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that
3406   /// variable will have in the given scope.
3407   QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc);
3408 
3409   void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T);
3410   void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E,
3411                                         bool SkipLocalVariables = false);
3412 
3413   /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a
3414   /// call.  Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was
3415   /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid.
3416   bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
3417                             bool ForceComplain = false,
3418                             bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = nullptr);
3419 
3420   /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call.
3421   bool tryExprAsCall(Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy,
3422                      UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads);
3423 
3424   /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current
3425   /// evaluation context.
3426   ///
3427   /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the
3428   /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic
3429   /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable.
3430   /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted.
3431   bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement,
3432                            const PartialDiagnostic &PD);
3433 
3434   // Primary Expressions.
3435   SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const;
3436 
3437   ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(
3438       Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3439       UnqualifiedId &Id, bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand,
3440       std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC = nullptr,
3441       bool IsInlineAsmIdentifier = false, Token *KeywordReplacement = nullptr);
3442 
3443   void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id,
3444                               TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer,
3445                               DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3446                               const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs);
3447 
3448   bool
3449   DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R,
3450                       std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
3451                       TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr,
3452                       ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = None, TypoExpr **Out = nullptr);
3453 
3454   ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S,
3455                                 IdentifierInfo *II,
3456                                 bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false);
3457 
3458   ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3459                                         SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3460                                         const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3461                                         bool isAddressOfOperand,
3462                                 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3463 
3464   ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty,
3465                               ExprValueKind VK,
3466                               SourceLocation Loc,
3467                               const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr);
3468   ExprResult
3469   BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK,
3470                    const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3471                    const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr,
3472                    NamedDecl *FoundD = nullptr,
3473                    const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr);
3474   ExprResult
3475   BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
3476       const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3477       SourceLocation nameLoc,
3478       IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField,
3479       DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(nullptr, AS_none),
3480       Expr *baseObjectExpr = nullptr,
3481       SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation());
3482 
3483   ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3484                                              SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3485                                              LookupResult &R,
3486                                 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3487   ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3488                                      SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3489                                      LookupResult &R,
3490                                 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
3491                                      bool IsDefiniteInstance);
3492   bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3493                                   const LookupResult &R,
3494                                   bool HasTrailingLParen);
3495 
3496   ExprResult BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(
3497       CXXScopeSpec &SS, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3498       bool IsAddressOfOperand, TypeSourceInfo **RecoveryTSI = nullptr);
3499 
3500   ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3501                                        SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3502                                 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3503                                 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3504 
3505   ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3506                                       LookupResult &R,
3507                                       bool NeedsADL,
3508                                       bool AcceptInvalidDecl = false);
3509   ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(
3510       const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, NamedDecl *D,
3511       NamedDecl *FoundD = nullptr,
3512       const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr,
3513       bool AcceptInvalidDecl = false);
3514 
3515   ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R,
3516                       DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo,
3517                       ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
3518                       SourceLocation LitEndLoc,
3519                       TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr);
3520 
3521   ExprResult BuildPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
3522                                  PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT);
3523   ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
3524   ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val);
3525 
3526   bool CheckLoopHintExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
3527 
3528   ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = nullptr);
3529   ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok,
3530                                     Scope *UDLScope = nullptr);
3531   ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E);
3532   ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
3533                                 SourceLocation R,
3534                                 MultiExprArg Val);
3535 
3536   /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
3537   /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz").
3538   ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(ArrayRef<Token> StringToks,
3539                                 Scope *UDLScope = nullptr);
3540 
3541   ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
3542                                        SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
3543                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3544                                        Expr *ControllingExpr,
3545                                        ArrayRef<ParsedType> ArgTypes,
3546                                        ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgExprs);
3547   ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
3548                                         SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
3549                                         SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3550                                         Expr *ControllingExpr,
3551                                         ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Types,
3552                                         ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs);
3553 
3554   // Binary/Unary Operators.  'Tok' is the token for the operator.
3555   ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc,
3556                                   Expr *InputExpr);
3557   ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3558                           UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input);
3559   ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3560                           tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input);
3561 
3562   QualType CheckAddressOfOperand(ExprResult &Operand, SourceLocation OpLoc);
3563 
3564   ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3565                                             SourceLocation OpLoc,
3566                                             UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
3567                                             SourceRange R);
3568   ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3569                                             UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
3570   ExprResult
3571     ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3572                                   UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
3573                                   bool IsType, void *TyOrEx,
3574                                   const SourceRange &ArgRange);
3575 
3576   ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E);
3577   bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E);
3578 
3579   bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
3580   bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3581                                         SourceRange ExprRange,
3582                                         UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
3583   ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S,
3584                                           SourceLocation OpLoc,
3585                                           IdentifierInfo &Name,
3586                                           SourceLocation NameLoc,
3587                                           SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3588   ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3589                                  tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input);
3590 
3591   ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
3592                                      Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc);
3593   ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
3594                                              Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc);
3595 
3596   // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow
3597   // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after
3598   // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the
3599   // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class
3600   // defines a custom operator->).
3601   struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs {
3602     Scope *S;
3603     UnqualifiedId &Id;
3604     Decl *ObjCImpDecl;
3605   };
3606 
3607   ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(
3608       Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
3609       CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3610       NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3611       const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
3612       ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = nullptr);
3613 
3614   ExprResult
3615   BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3616                            bool IsArrow, const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3617                            SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3618                            NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, LookupResult &R,
3619                            const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
3620                            bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false,
3621                            ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = nullptr);
3622 
3623   ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow);
3624 
3625   bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType,
3626                                      const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3627                                      const LookupResult &R);
3628 
3629   ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType,
3630                                       bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3631                                       const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3632                                       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3633                                       NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
3634                                const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3635                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3636 
3637   ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
3638                                    SourceLocation OpLoc,
3639                                    tok::TokenKind OpKind,
3640                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3641                                    SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3642                                    UnqualifiedId &Member,
3643                                    Decl *ObjCImpDecl);
3644 
3645   void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl);
3646   bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
3647                                FunctionDecl *FDecl,
3648                                const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
3649                                ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
3650                                SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3651                                bool ExecConfig = false);
3652   void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3653                                 ParmVarDecl *Param,
3654                                 const Expr *ArgExpr);
3655 
3656   /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
3657   /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
3658   /// locations.
3659   ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3660                            MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3661                            Expr *ExecConfig = nullptr,
3662                            bool IsExecConfig = false);
3663   ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl,
3664                                    SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3665                                    ArrayRef<Expr *> Arg,
3666                                    SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3667                                    Expr *Config = nullptr,
3668                                    bool IsExecConfig = false);
3669 
3670   ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc,
3671                                      MultiExprArg ExecConfig,
3672                                      SourceLocation GGGLoc);
3673 
3674   ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3675                            Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty,
3676                            SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr);
3677   ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3678                                  TypeSourceInfo *Ty,
3679                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3680                                  Expr *Op);
3681   CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType);
3682 
3683   /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal.
3684   ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3685                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E,
3686                                 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
3687 
3688   ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME);
3689 
3690   ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3691                                   ParsedType Ty,
3692                                   SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3693                                   Expr *InitExpr);
3694 
3695   ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3696                                       TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3697                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3698                                       Expr *LiteralExpr);
3699 
3700   ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
3701                            MultiExprArg InitArgList,
3702                            SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
3703 
3704   ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig,
3705                                         SourceLocation Loc,
3706                                         bool GNUSyntax,
3707                                         ExprResult Init);
3708 
3709 private:
3710   static BinaryOperatorKind ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(tok::TokenKind Kind);
3711 
3712 public:
3713   ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
3714                         tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3715   ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3716                         BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3717   ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
3718                                 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3719 
3720   /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation.  Note that 'LHS' may be null
3721   /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
3722   ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
3723                                 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3724                                 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3725 
3726   /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
3727   ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc,
3728                             LabelDecl *TheDecl);
3729 
3730   void ActOnStartStmtExpr();
3731   ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt,
3732                            SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})"
3733   void ActOnStmtExprError();
3734 
3735   // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*)
3736   struct OffsetOfComponent {
3737     SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd;
3738     bool isBrackets;  // true if [expr], false if .ident
3739     union {
3740       IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo;
3741       Expr *E;
3742     } U;
3743   };
3744 
3745   /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c)
3746   ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3747                                   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3748                                   OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
3749                                   unsigned NumComponents,
3750                                   SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3751   ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
3752                                   SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3753                                   SourceLocation TypeLoc,
3754                                   ParsedType ParsedArgTy,
3755                                   OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
3756                                   unsigned NumComponents,
3757                                   SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3758 
3759   // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2)
3760   ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3761                              Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr,
3762                              Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc);
3763 
3764   // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type)
3765   ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty,
3766                         SourceLocation RPLoc);
3767   ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E,
3768                             TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc);
3769 
3770   // __null
3771   ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc);
3772 
3773   bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E);
3774 
3775   /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check.
3776   enum IfExistsResult {
3777     /// \brief The symbol exists.
3778     IER_Exists,
3779 
3780     /// \brief The symbol does not exist.
3781     IER_DoesNotExist,
3782 
3783     /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ
3784     /// from one instantiation to the next.
3785     IER_Dependent,
3786 
3787     /// \brief An error occurred.
3788     IER_Error
3789   };
3790 
3791   IfExistsResult
3792   CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3793                                const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo);
3794 
3795   IfExistsResult
3796   CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
3797                                bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3798                                UnqualifiedId &Name);
3799 
3800   StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
3801                                         bool IsIfExists,
3802                                         NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
3803                                         DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo,
3804                                         Stmt *Nested);
3805   StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
3806                                         bool IsIfExists,
3807                                         CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name,
3808                                         Stmt *Nested);
3809 
3810   //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===//
3811 
3812   /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is
3813   /// started.
3814   void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope);
3815 
3816   /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments.
3817   /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked.
3818   void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo,
3819                            Scope *CurScope);
3820 
3821   /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
3822   /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
3823   void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope);
3824 
3825   /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
3826   /// literal was successfully completed.  ^(int x){...}
3827   ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body,
3828                                 Scope *CurScope);
3829 
3830   //===---------------------------- Clang Extensions ----------------------===//
3831 
3832   /// __builtin_convertvector(...)
3833   ExprResult ActOnConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy,
3834                                     SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3835                                     SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3836 
3837   //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===//
3838 
3839   /// __builtin_astype(...)
3840   ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy,
3841                              SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3842                              SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3843 
3844   //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===//
3845 
3846   // Act on C++ namespaces
3847   Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc,
3848                                SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
3849                                SourceLocation IdentLoc,
3850                                IdentifierInfo *Ident,
3851                                SourceLocation LBrace,
3852                                AttributeList *AttrList);
3853   void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace);
3854 
3855   NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const;
3856   NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace();
3857 
3858   CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const;
3859 
3860   /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if
3861   /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element.
3862   bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element);
3863 
3864   /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it
3865   /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found.
3866   ///
3867   /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error.
3868   QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc);
3869 
3870   /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as
3871   /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2.
3872   bool isInitListConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor);
3873 
3874   Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope,
3875                             SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3876                             SourceLocation NamespcLoc,
3877                             CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3878                             SourceLocation IdentLoc,
3879                             IdentifierInfo *NamespcName,
3880                             AttributeList *AttrList);
3881 
3882   void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir);
3883 
3884   Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope,
3885                                SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
3886                                SourceLocation AliasLoc,
3887                                IdentifierInfo *Alias,
3888                                CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3889                                SourceLocation IdentLoc,
3890                                IdentifierInfo *Ident);
3891 
3892   void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow);
3893   bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target,
3894                             const LookupResult &PreviousDecls,
3895                             UsingShadowDecl *&PrevShadow);
3896   UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD,
3897                                         NamedDecl *Target,
3898                                         UsingShadowDecl *PrevDecl);
3899 
3900   bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3901                                    bool HasTypenameKeyword,
3902                                    const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3903                                    SourceLocation NameLoc,
3904                                    const LookupResult &Previous);
3905   bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3906                                const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3907                                const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3908                                SourceLocation NameLoc);
3909 
3910   NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3911                                    SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3912                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3913                                    DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo,
3914                                    AttributeList *AttrList,
3915                                    bool IsInstantiation,
3916                                    bool HasTypenameKeyword,
3917                                    SourceLocation TypenameLoc);
3918 
3919   bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD);
3920 
3921   Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope,
3922                               AccessSpecifier AS,
3923                               bool HasUsingKeyword,
3924                               SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3925                               CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3926                               UnqualifiedId &Name,
3927                               AttributeList *AttrList,
3928                               bool HasTypenameKeyword,
3929                               SourceLocation TypenameLoc);
3930   Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope,
3931                               AccessSpecifier AS,
3932                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
3933                               SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3934                               UnqualifiedId &Name,
3935                               AttributeList *AttrList,
3936                               TypeResult Type,
3937                               Decl *DeclFromDeclSpec);
3938 
3939   /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor,
3940   /// including handling of its default argument expressions.
3941   ///
3942   /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind
3943   ExprResult
3944   BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
3945                         CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs,
3946                         bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization,
3947                         bool IsStdInitListInitialization,
3948                         bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind,
3949                         SourceRange ParenRange);
3950 
3951   // FIXME: Can we remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if
3952   // the constructor can be elidable?
3953   ExprResult
3954   BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
3955                         CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable,
3956                         MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates,
3957                         bool IsListInitialization,
3958                         bool IsStdInitListInitialization, bool RequiresZeroInit,
3959                         unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange);
3960 
3961   ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultInitExpr(SourceLocation Loc, FieldDecl *Field);
3962 
3963   /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating
3964   /// the default expr if needed.
3965   ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3966                                     FunctionDecl *FD,
3967                                     ParmVarDecl *Param);
3968 
3969   /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the
3970   /// constructed variable.
3971   void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType);
3972 
3973   /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for
3974   /// implicitly-declared special member functions.
3975   class ImplicitExceptionSpecification {
3976     // Pointer to allow copying
3977     Sema *Self;
3978     // We order exception specifications thus:
3979     // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++11.
3980     // throw() comes next.
3981     // Then a throw(collected exceptions)
3982     // Finally no specification, which is expressed as noexcept(false).
3983     // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it.
3984     ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST;
3985     llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen;
3986     SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions;
3987 
ClearExceptions()3988     void ClearExceptions() {
3989       ExceptionsSeen.clear();
3990       Exceptions.clear();
3991     }
3992 
3993   public:
ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema & Self)3994     explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self)
3995       : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) {
3996       if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
3997         ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone;
3998     }
3999 
4000     /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type.
getExceptionSpecType()4001     ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const {
4002       assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept &&
4003              "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result");
4004       return ComputedEST;
4005     }
4006 
4007     /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification.
size()4008     unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); }
4009 
4010     /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification.
data()4011     const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); }
4012 
4013     /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data.
4014     void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, const CXXMethodDecl *Method);
4015 
4016     /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data.
4017     void CalledExpr(Expr *E);
4018 
4019     /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this
4020     /// computed exception specification.
getExceptionSpec()4021     FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo getExceptionSpec() const {
4022       FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo ESI;
4023       ESI.Type = getExceptionSpecType();
4024       if (ESI.Type == EST_Dynamic) {
4025         ESI.Exceptions = Exceptions;
4026       } else if (ESI.Type == EST_None) {
4027         /// C++11 [except.spec]p14:
4028         ///   The exception-specification is noexcept(false) if the set of
4029         ///   potential exceptions of the special member function contains "any"
4030         ESI.Type = EST_ComputedNoexcept;
4031         ESI.NoexceptExpr = Self->ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation(),
4032                                                      tok::kw_false).get();
4033       }
4034       return ESI;
4035     }
4036   };
4037 
4038   /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
4039   /// copy constructor of a class will have.
4040   ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4041   ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
4042                                            CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4043 
4044   /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
4045   /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter
4046   /// will be const.
4047   ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4048   ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4049 
4050   /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled
4051   /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the
4052   /// parameter will be const.
4053   ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4054   ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4055 
4056   /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move
4057   /// constructor of a class will have.
4058   ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4059   ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4060 
4061   /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move
4062   /// assignment operator of a class will have.
4063   ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4064   ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4065 
4066   /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
4067   /// destructor of a class will have.
4068   ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4069   ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4070 
4071   /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification an inheriting
4072   /// constructor of a class will have.
4073   ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4074   ComputeInheritingCtorExceptionSpec(CXXConstructorDecl *CD);
4075 
4076   /// \brief Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted
4077   /// special member function.
4078   void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4079 
4080   /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the
4081   /// exception specification information with the results.
4082   void checkExceptionSpecification(bool IsTopLevel,
4083                                    ExceptionSpecificationType EST,
4084                                    ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions,
4085                                    ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges,
4086                                    Expr *NoexceptExpr,
4087                                    SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions,
4088                                    FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI);
4089 
4090   /// \brief Determine if we're in a case where we need to (incorrectly) eagerly
4091   /// parse an exception specification to work around a libstdc++ bug.
4092   bool isLibstdcxxEagerExceptionSpecHack(const Declarator &D);
4093 
4094   /// \brief Add an exception-specification to the given member function
4095   /// (or member function template). The exception-specification was parsed
4096   /// after the method itself was declared.
4097   void actOnDelayedExceptionSpecification(Decl *Method,
4098          ExceptionSpecificationType EST,
4099          SourceRange SpecificationRange,
4100          ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions,
4101          ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges,
4102          Expr *NoexceptExpr);
4103 
4104   /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted
4105   /// definition when it is defaulted.
4106   bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM,
4107                                  bool Diagnose = false);
4108 
4109   /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class.
4110   ///
4111   /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
4112   /// default constructor will be added.
4113   ///
4114   /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor.
4115   CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(
4116                                                      CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4117 
4118   /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
4119   /// defining this constructor as the default constructor.
4120   void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4121                                         CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
4122 
4123   /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class.
4124   ///
4125   /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
4126   /// destructor will be added.
4127   ///
4128   /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor.
4129   CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4130 
4131   /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of
4132   /// defining this destructor as the default destructor.
4133   void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4134                                 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
4135 
4136   /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one.
4137   ///
4138   /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one
4139   /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared.
4140   void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
4141                                      CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
4142 
4143   /// \brief Declare all inheriting constructors for the given class.
4144   ///
4145   /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the inheriting
4146   /// constructors will be added.
4147   void DeclareInheritingConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4148 
4149   /// \brief Define the specified inheriting constructor.
4150   void DefineInheritingConstructor(SourceLocation UseLoc,
4151                                    CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
4152 
4153   /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class.
4154   ///
4155   /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
4156   /// copy constructor will be added.
4157   ///
4158   /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor.
4159   CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4160 
4161   /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
4162   /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor.
4163   void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4164                                      CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
4165 
4166   /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class.
4167   ///
4168   /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit
4169   /// move constructor will be added.
4170   ///
4171   /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't
4172   /// declared.
4173   CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4174 
4175   /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
4176   /// defining this constructor as the move constructor.
4177   void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4178                                      CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
4179 
4180   /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class.
4181   ///
4182   /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
4183   /// copy assignment operator will be added.
4184   ///
4185   /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator.
4186   CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4187 
4188   /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator.
4189   void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4190                                     CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl);
4191 
4192   /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class.
4193   ///
4194   /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit
4195   /// move assignment operator will be added.
4196   ///
4197   /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it
4198   /// wasn't declared.
4199   CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4200 
4201   /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator.
4202   void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4203                                     CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl);
4204 
4205   /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this
4206   /// class.
4207   void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
4208 
4209   /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted
4210   /// special member function.
4211   bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD);
4212 
4213   /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member
4214   /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be.
4215   ///
4216   /// \returns true if an error occurred.
4217   bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
4218 
4219   /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static
4220   /// member function.
4221   bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
4222 
4223   /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given
4224   /// static member function.
4225   ///
4226   /// \returns true if an error occurred.
4227   bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
4228 
4229   /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with
4230   /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise
4231   /// it simply returns the passed in expression.
4232   ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E);
4233 
4234   bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
4235                                MultiExprArg ArgsPtr,
4236                                SourceLocation Loc,
4237                                SmallVectorImpl<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs,
4238                                bool AllowExplicit = false,
4239                                bool IsListInitialization = false);
4240 
4241   ParsedType getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4242                                           SourceLocation NameLoc,
4243                                           IdentifierInfo &Name);
4244 
4245   ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4246                                IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
4247                                Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4248                                ParsedType ObjectType,
4249                                bool EnteringContext);
4250 
4251   ParsedType getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType);
4252 
4253   // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior.
4254   void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType,
4255                                       bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range);
4256 
4257   /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's.
4258   ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4259                                tok::TokenKind Kind,
4260                                SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc,
4261                                Declarator &D,
4262                                SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc,
4263                                SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4264                                Expr *E,
4265                                SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4266 
4267   ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4268                                tok::TokenKind Kind,
4269                                TypeSourceInfo *Ty,
4270                                Expr *E,
4271                                SourceRange AngleBrackets,
4272                                SourceRange Parens);
4273 
4274   ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
4275                             SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
4276                             TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
4277                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4278   ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
4279                             SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
4280                             Expr *Operand,
4281                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4282 
4283   /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ).
4284   ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4285                             SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType,
4286                             void *TyOrExpr,
4287                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4288 
4289   ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
4290                             SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
4291                             TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
4292                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4293   ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
4294                             SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
4295                             Expr *Operand,
4296                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4297 
4298   /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ).
4299   ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4300                             SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType,
4301                             void *TyOrExpr,
4302                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4303 
4304   /// \brief Handle a C++1z fold-expression: ( expr op ... op expr ).
4305   ExprResult ActOnCXXFoldExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr *LHS,
4306                               tok::TokenKind Operator,
4307                               SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, Expr *RHS,
4308                               SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4309   ExprResult BuildCXXFoldExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr *LHS,
4310                               BinaryOperatorKind Operator,
4311                               SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, Expr *RHS,
4312                               SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4313   ExprResult BuildEmptyCXXFoldExpr(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
4314                                    BinaryOperatorKind Operator);
4315 
4316   //// ActOnCXXThis -  Parse 'this' pointer.
4317   ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc);
4318 
4319   /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer.
4320   ///
4321   /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type.
4322   QualType getCurrentThisType();
4323 
4324   /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the
4325   /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases,
4326   /// this provides the type used for 'this'.
4327   QualType CXXThisTypeOverride;
4328 
4329   /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression
4330   /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type.
4331   class CXXThisScopeRAII {
4332     Sema &S;
4333     QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride;
4334     bool Enabled;
4335 
4336   public:
4337     /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled),
4338     /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a
4339     /// class) along with the given qualifiers.
4340     /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'.
4341     CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals,
4342                      bool Enabled = true);
4343 
4344     ~CXXThisScopeRAII();
4345   };
4346 
4347   /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current
4348   /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context.
4349   ///
4350   /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs.
4351   ///
4352   /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda
4353   /// capture list.
4354   ///
4355   /// \param FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt If non-null, it points to the index
4356   /// of the FunctionScopeInfo stack beyond which we do not attempt to capture.
4357   /// This is useful when enclosing lambdas must speculatively capture
4358   /// 'this' that may or may not be used in certain specializations of
4359   /// a nested generic lambda (depending on whether the name resolves to
4360   /// a non-static member function or a static function).
4361   /// \return returns 'true' if failed, 'false' if success.
4362   bool CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false,
4363       bool BuildAndDiagnose = true,
4364       const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt = nullptr);
4365 
4366   /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used
4367   /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently
4368   /// being defined.
4369   bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType);
4370 
4371   /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals.
4372   ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
4373 
4374 
4375   /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals.
4376   ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
4377 
4378   /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'.
4379   ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc);
4380 
4381   //// ActOnCXXThrow -  Parse throw expressions.
4382   ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr);
4383   ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex,
4384                            bool IsThrownVarInScope);
4385   bool CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, QualType ThrowTy, Expr *E);
4386 
4387   /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type.
4388   /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)")
4389   /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)")
4390   /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()").
4391   ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep,
4392                                        SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4393                                        MultiExprArg Exprs,
4394                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4395 
4396   ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type,
4397                                        SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4398                                        MultiExprArg Exprs,
4399                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4400 
4401   /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression.
4402   ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
4403                          SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
4404                          MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
4405                          SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
4406                          SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D,
4407                          Expr *Initializer);
4408   ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal,
4409                          SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
4410                          MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
4411                          SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
4412                          SourceRange TypeIdParens,
4413                          QualType AllocType,
4414                          TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo,
4415                          Expr *ArraySize,
4416                          SourceRange DirectInitRange,
4417                          Expr *Initializer,
4418                          bool TypeMayContainAuto = true);
4419 
4420   bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc,
4421                           SourceRange R);
4422   bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
4423                                bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray,
4424                                MultiExprArg PlaceArgs,
4425                                FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew,
4426                                FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete);
4427   bool FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
4428                               DeclarationName Name, MultiExprArg Args,
4429                               DeclContext *Ctx,
4430                               bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator,
4431                               bool Diagnose = true);
4432   void DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
4433   void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return,
4434                                        QualType Param1,
4435                                        QualType Param2 = QualType(),
4436                                        bool addRestrictAttr = false);
4437 
4438   bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD,
4439                                 DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator,
4440                                 bool Diagnose = true);
4441   FunctionDecl *FindUsualDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc,
4442                                               bool CanProvideSize,
4443                                               DeclarationName Name);
4444 
4445   /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression
4446   ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc,
4447                             bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm,
4448                             Expr *Operand);
4449 
4450   DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
4451   ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar,
4452                                     SourceLocation StmtLoc,
4453                                     bool ConvertToBoolean);
4454 
4455   ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen,
4456                                Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen);
4457   ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand,
4458                                   SourceLocation RParen);
4459 
4460   /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions.
4461   ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
4462                             ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args,
4463                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4464   ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
4465                             ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args,
4466                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4467 
4468   /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support
4469   /// pseudo-functions.
4470   ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
4471                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
4472                                  ParsedType LhsTy,
4473                                  Expr *DimExpr,
4474                                  SourceLocation RParen);
4475 
4476   ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
4477                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
4478                                  TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
4479                                  Expr *DimExpr,
4480                                  SourceLocation RParen);
4481 
4482   /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support
4483   /// pseudo-functions.
4484   ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET,
4485                                   SourceLocation KWLoc,
4486                                   Expr *Queried,
4487                                   SourceLocation RParen);
4488 
4489   ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET,
4490                                   SourceLocation KWLoc,
4491                                   Expr *Queried,
4492                                   SourceLocation RParen);
4493 
4494   ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S,
4495                                           Expr *Base,
4496                                           SourceLocation OpLoc,
4497                                           tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4498                                           ParsedType &ObjectType,
4499                                           bool &MayBePseudoDestructor);
4500 
4501   ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base,
4502                                        SourceLocation OpLoc,
4503                                        tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4504                                        const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4505                                        TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType,
4506                                        SourceLocation CCLoc,
4507                                        SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4508                                      PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType);
4509 
4510   ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
4511                                        SourceLocation OpLoc,
4512                                        tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4513                                        CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4514                                        UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName,
4515                                        SourceLocation CCLoc,
4516                                        SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4517                                        UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName);
4518 
4519   ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
4520                                        SourceLocation OpLoc,
4521                                        tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4522                                        SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4523                                        const DeclSpec& DS);
4524 
4525   /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression
4526   /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node.
4527   /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression.
4528   Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr);
4529   Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt);
4530   ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr);
4531 
ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr * Expr)4532   ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr) {
4533     return ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc()
4534                                           : SourceLocation());
4535   }
4536   ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC,
4537                                  bool DiscardedValue = false,
4538                                  bool IsConstexpr = false,
4539                                  bool IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer = false);
4540   StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt);
4541 
4542   // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type.
4543   bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC);
4544 
4545   DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T);
4546   DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4547                                   bool EnteringContext = false);
4548   bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4549   CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS);
4550 
4551   /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'.
4552   ///
4553   /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
4554   ///
4555   /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place
4556   /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier.
4557   ///
4558   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4559   bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation CCLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4560 
4561   /// \brief The parser has parsed a '__super' nested-name-specifier.
4562   ///
4563   /// \param SuperLoc The location of the '__super' keyword.
4564   ///
4565   /// \param ColonColonLoc The location of the '::'.
4566   ///
4567   /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place
4568   /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier.
4569   ///
4570   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4571   bool ActOnSuperScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation SuperLoc,
4572                                 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4573 
4574   bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *SD,
4575                                        bool *CanCorrect = nullptr);
4576   NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS);
4577 
4578   bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4579                                     SourceLocation IdLoc,
4580                                     IdentifierInfo &II,
4581                                     ParsedType ObjectType);
4582 
4583   bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
4584                                    IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
4585                                    SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
4586                                    SourceLocation CCLoc,
4587                                    QualType ObjectType,
4588                                    bool EnteringContext,
4589                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4590                                    NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult,
4591                                    bool ErrorRecoveryLookup,
4592                                    bool *IsCorrectedToColon = nullptr);
4593 
4594   /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'.
4595   ///
4596   /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
4597   ///
4598   /// \param Identifier The identifier preceding the '::'.
4599   ///
4600   /// \param IdentifierLoc The location of the identifier.
4601   ///
4602   /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
4603   ///
4604   /// \param ObjectType The type of the object, if we're parsing
4605   /// nested-name-specifier in a member access expression.
4606   ///
4607   /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by
4608   /// this nested-name-specifier.
4609   ///
4610   /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input
4611   /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an
4612   /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier,
4613   /// including this new type).
4614   ///
4615   /// \param ErrorRecoveryLookup If true, then this method is called to improve
4616   /// error recovery. In this case do not emit error message.
4617   ///
4618   /// \param IsCorrectedToColon If not null, suggestions to replace '::' -> ':'
4619   /// are allowed.  The bool value pointed by this parameter is set to 'true'
4620   /// if the identifier is treated as if it was followed by ':', not '::'.
4621   ///
4622   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4623   bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
4624                                    IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
4625                                    SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
4626                                    SourceLocation CCLoc,
4627                                    ParsedType ObjectType,
4628                                    bool EnteringContext,
4629                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4630                                    bool ErrorRecoveryLookup = false,
4631                                    bool *IsCorrectedToColon = nullptr);
4632 
4633   ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E);
4634 
4635   bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4636                                            const DeclSpec &DS,
4637                                            SourceLocation ColonColonLoc);
4638 
4639   bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4640                                  IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
4641                                  SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
4642                                  SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4643                                  ParsedType ObjectType,
4644                                  bool EnteringContext);
4645 
4646   /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier
4647   /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'.
4648   ///
4649   /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
4650   ///
4651   /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input
4652   /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an
4653   /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier,
4654   /// including this new type).
4655   ///
4656   /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any.
4657   /// \param TemplateName the template name.
4658   /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name.
4659   /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket  ('<').
4660   /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments.
4661   /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket  ('>').
4662   /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
4663   ///
4664   /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the
4665   /// nested-name-specifier.
4666   ///
4667   ///
4668   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4669   bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
4670                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4671                                    SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4672                                    TemplateTy TemplateName,
4673                                    SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
4674                                    SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
4675                                    ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
4676                                    SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
4677                                    SourceLocation CCLoc,
4678                                    bool EnteringContext);
4679 
4680   /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value
4681   /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given
4682   /// nested-name-specifier.
4683   ///
4684   /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier.
4685   ///
4686   /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the
4687   /// nested-name-specifier \p SS.
4688   void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4689 
4690   /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore
4691   /// the nested-name-specifier structure.
4692   ///
4693   /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by
4694   /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation().
4695   ///
4696   /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation.
4697   ///
4698   /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents
4699   /// of the annotation pointer.
4700   void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation,
4701                                             SourceRange AnnotationRange,
4702                                             CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4703 
4704   bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4705 
4706   /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global
4707   /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id.
4708   /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be
4709   /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and
4710   /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called.
4711   /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec.
4712   bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4713 
4714   /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously
4715   /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same
4716   /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well.
4717   /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the
4718   /// defining scope.
4719   void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4720 
4721   /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an
4722   /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'.
4723   /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a
4724   /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of
4725   /// class X.
4726   void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl);
4727 
4728   /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an
4729   /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'.
4730   void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl);
4731 
4732   /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type.
4733   CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange,
4734                                          TypeSourceInfo *Info,
4735                                          bool KnownDependent,
4736                                          LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault);
4737 
4738   /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression.
4739   CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
4740                                        SourceRange IntroducerRange,
4741                                        TypeSourceInfo *MethodType,
4742                                        SourceLocation EndLoc,
4743                                        ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params);
4744 
4745   /// \brief Endow the lambda scope info with the relevant properties.
4746   void buildLambdaScope(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI,
4747                         CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
4748                         SourceRange IntroducerRange,
4749                         LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault,
4750                         SourceLocation CaptureDefaultLoc,
4751                         bool ExplicitParams,
4752                         bool ExplicitResultType,
4753                         bool Mutable);
4754 
4755   /// \brief Perform initialization analysis of the init-capture and perform
4756   /// any implicit conversions such as an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion if
4757   /// not being used to initialize a reference.
4758   QualType performLambdaInitCaptureInitialization(SourceLocation Loc,
4759       bool ByRef, IdentifierInfo *Id, Expr *&Init);
4760   /// \brief Create a dummy variable within the declcontext of the lambda's
4761   ///  call operator, for name lookup purposes for a lambda init capture.
4762   ///
4763   ///  CodeGen handles emission of lambda captures, ignoring these dummy
4764   ///  variables appropriately.
4765   VarDecl *createLambdaInitCaptureVarDecl(SourceLocation Loc,
4766     QualType InitCaptureType, IdentifierInfo *Id, Expr *Init);
4767 
4768   /// \brief Build the implicit field for an init-capture.
4769   FieldDecl *buildInitCaptureField(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, VarDecl *Var);
4770 
4771   /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the
4772   /// given lambda.
4773   void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI);
4774 
4775   /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope.
4776   void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope);
4777 
4778   /// \brief Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return
4779   /// statements present in the body.
4780   void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI);
4781 
4782   /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start
4783   /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and
4784   /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the
4785   /// lambda.
4786   void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
4787                                     Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope);
4788 
4789   /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback
4790   /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda.
4791   void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope,
4792                         bool IsInstantiation = false);
4793 
4794   /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression
4795   /// was successfully completed.
4796   ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body,
4797                              Scope *CurScope,
4798                              bool IsInstantiation = false);
4799 
4800   /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a
4801   /// function pointer.
4802   ///
4803   /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills
4804   /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into
4805   /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the
4806   /// block pointer conversion.
4807   void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion(
4808          SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv);
4809 
4810   /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a
4811   /// block pointer.
4812   ///
4813   /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills
4814   /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into
4815   /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the
4816   /// block pointer conversion.
4817   void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc,
4818                                                     CXXConversionDecl *Conv);
4819 
4820   ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4821                                            SourceLocation ConvLocation,
4822                                            CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
4823                                            Expr *Src);
4824 
4825   // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals.
4826   ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs,
4827                                     Expr **Strings,
4828                                     unsigned NumStrings);
4829 
4830   ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S);
4831 
4832   /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the
4833   /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *"
4834   /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable.
4835   ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number);
4836   ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc,
4837                                   bool Value);
4838   ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements);
4839 
4840   /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the
4841   /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will
4842   /// either be "NSNumber *" or "NSString *" depending on the type of
4843   /// ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type or
4844   /// "char *" or "const char *".
4845   ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr);
4846 
4847   ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr,
4848                                           Expr *IndexExpr,
4849                                           ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod,
4850                                           ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod);
4851 
4852   ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR,
4853                                         ObjCDictionaryElement *Elements,
4854                                         unsigned NumElements);
4855 
4856   ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc,
4857                                   TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo,
4858                                   SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4859   ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
4860                                     CXXConversionDecl *Method,
4861                                     bool HadMultipleCandidates);
4862 
4863   ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc,
4864                                        SourceLocation EncodeLoc,
4865                                        SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4866                                        ParsedType Ty,
4867                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4868 
4869   /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector
4870   ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel,
4871                                          SourceLocation AtLoc,
4872                                          SourceLocation SelLoc,
4873                                          SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4874                                          SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4875                                          bool WarnMultipleSelectors);
4876 
4877   /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol
4878   ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName,
4879                                          SourceLocation AtLoc,
4880                                          SourceLocation ProtoLoc,
4881                                          SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4882                                          SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc,
4883                                          SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4884 
4885   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4886   // C++ Declarations
4887   //
4888   Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S,
4889                                        SourceLocation ExternLoc,
4890                                        Expr *LangStr,
4891                                        SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
4892   Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S,
4893                                         Decl *LinkageSpec,
4894                                         SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
4895 
4896 
4897   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4898   // C++ Classes
4899   //
4900   bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S,
4901                           const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr);
4902   bool isCurrentClassNameTypo(IdentifierInfo *&II, const CXXScopeSpec *SS);
4903 
4904   bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access,
4905                             SourceLocation ASLoc,
4906                             SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4907                             AttributeList *Attrs = nullptr);
4908 
4909   NamedDecl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
4910                                  Declarator &D,
4911                                  MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
4912                                  Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS,
4913                                  InClassInitStyle InitStyle);
4914 
4915   void ActOnStartCXXInClassMemberInitializer();
4916   void ActOnFinishCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl,
4917                                               SourceLocation EqualLoc,
4918                                               Expr *Init);
4919 
4920   MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
4921                                     Scope *S,
4922                                     CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4923                                     IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
4924                                     ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
4925                                     const DeclSpec &DS,
4926                                     SourceLocation IdLoc,
4927                                     SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4928                                     ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
4929                                     SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4930                                     SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4931 
4932   MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
4933                                     Scope *S,
4934                                     CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4935                                     IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
4936                                     ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
4937                                     const DeclSpec &DS,
4938                                     SourceLocation IdLoc,
4939                                     Expr *InitList,
4940                                     SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4941 
4942   MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
4943                                     Scope *S,
4944                                     CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4945                                     IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
4946                                     ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
4947                                     const DeclSpec &DS,
4948                                     SourceLocation IdLoc,
4949                                     Expr *Init,
4950                                     SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4951 
4952   MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member,
4953                                        Expr *Init,
4954                                        SourceLocation IdLoc);
4955 
4956   MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType,
4957                                      TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo,
4958                                      Expr *Init,
4959                                      CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
4960                                      SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4961 
4962   MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4963                                            Expr *Init,
4964                                            CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4965 
4966   bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
4967                                 CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer);
4968 
4969   bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool AnyErrors,
4970                            ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers = None);
4971 
4972   void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation);
4973 
4974 
4975   /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl,
4976   /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as
4977   /// referenced.
4978   void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc,
4979                                               CXXRecordDecl *Record);
4980 
4981   /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within
4982   /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the
4983   /// first use occurred.
4984   typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse;
4985 
4986   /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been
4987   /// materialized.
4988   SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses;
4989 
4990   /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within
4991   /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is
4992   /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed
4993   /// by code generation).
4994   llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed;
4995 
4996   /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses.
4997   void LoadExternalVTableUses();
4998 
4999   /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the
5000   /// given location.
5001   void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class,
5002                       bool DefinitionRequired = false);
5003 
5004   /// \brief Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions
5005   /// in the given class as needed.
5006   void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc,
5007                                              const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
5008 
5009   /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given
5010   /// CXXRecordDecl referenced.
5011   void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc,
5012                                     const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
5013 
5014   /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this
5015   /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those
5016   /// vtables.
5017   ///
5018   /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise.
5019   bool DefineUsedVTables();
5020 
5021   void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
5022 
5023   void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl,
5024                             SourceLocation ColonLoc,
5025                             ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer*> MemInits,
5026                             bool AnyErrors);
5027 
5028   void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record);
5029   void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc,
5030                                          Decl *TagDecl,
5031                                          SourceLocation LBrac,
5032                                          SourceLocation RBrac,
5033                                          AttributeList *AttrList);
5034   void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls();
5035   void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDefaultArgs(Decl *D);
5036 
5037   void ActOnReenterCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, ParmVarDecl *Param);
5038   unsigned ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template);
5039   void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record);
5040   void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method);
5041   void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param);
5042   void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record);
5043   void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method);
5044   void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record);
5045   void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, Decl *FnD,
5046                                 CachedTokens &Toks);
5047   void UnmarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD);
5048   bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction();
5049 
5050   Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc,
5051                                      Expr *AssertExpr,
5052                                      Expr *AssertMessageExpr,
5053                                      SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5054   Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc,
5055                                      Expr *AssertExpr,
5056                                      StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr,
5057                                      SourceLocation RParenLoc,
5058                                      bool Failed);
5059 
5060   FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation LocStart,
5061                                   SourceLocation FriendLoc,
5062                                   TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo);
5063   Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
5064                             MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
5065   NamedDecl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
5066                                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
5067 
5068   QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R,
5069                                       StorageClass& SC);
5070   void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
5071   QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R,
5072                                      StorageClass& SC);
5073   bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
5074   void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R,
5075                                  StorageClass& SC);
5076   Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion);
5077 
5078   void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
5079   void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD,
5080                                                    const FunctionProtoType *T);
5081   void CheckDelayedMemberExceptionSpecs();
5082 
5083   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5084   // C++ Derived Classes
5085   //
5086 
5087   /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier
5088   CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
5089                                        SourceRange SpecifierRange,
5090                                        bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access,
5091                                        TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
5092                                        SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5093 
5094   BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl,
5095                                 SourceRange SpecifierRange,
5096                                 ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
5097                                 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access,
5098                                 ParsedType basetype,
5099                                 SourceLocation BaseLoc,
5100                                 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5101 
5102   bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases,
5103                             unsigned NumBases);
5104   void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases,
5105                            unsigned NumBases);
5106 
5107   bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base);
5108   bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base, CXXBasePaths &Paths);
5109 
5110   // FIXME: I don't like this name.
5111   void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath);
5112 
5113   bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base,
5114                                     SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
5115                                     CXXCastPath *BasePath = nullptr,
5116                                     bool IgnoreAccess = false);
5117   bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base,
5118                                     unsigned InaccessibleBaseID,
5119                                     unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID,
5120                                     SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
5121                                     DeclarationName Name,
5122                                     CXXCastPath *BasePath);
5123 
5124   std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths);
5125 
5126   bool CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
5127                                          const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
5128 
5129   /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are
5130   /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5.
5131   bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
5132                                          const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
5133 
5134   /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception
5135   /// spec is a subset of base spec.
5136   bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
5137                                             const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
5138 
5139   bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange);
5140 
5141   /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics.
5142   void CheckOverrideControl(NamedDecl *D);
5143 
5144   /// DiagnoseAbsenceOfOverrideControl - Diagnose if 'override' keyword was
5145   /// not used in the declaration of an overriding method.
5146   void DiagnoseAbsenceOfOverrideControl(NamedDecl *D);
5147 
5148   /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function
5149   /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to
5150   /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4.
5151   bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
5152                                               const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
5153 
5154 
5155   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5156   // C++ Access Control
5157   //
5158 
5159   enum AccessResult {
5160     AR_accessible,
5161     AR_inaccessible,
5162     AR_dependent,
5163     AR_delayed
5164   };
5165 
5166   bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl,
5167                                 NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl,
5168                                 AccessSpecifier LexicalAS);
5169 
5170   AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E,
5171                                            DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
5172   AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E,
5173                                            DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
5174   AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc,
5175                                      SourceRange PlacementRange,
5176                                      CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
5177                                      DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
5178                                      bool Diagnose = true);
5179   AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
5180                                       CXXConstructorDecl *D,
5181                                       const InitializedEntity &Entity,
5182                                       AccessSpecifier Access,
5183                                       bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false);
5184   AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
5185                                       CXXConstructorDecl *D,
5186                                       const InitializedEntity &Entity,
5187                                       AccessSpecifier Access,
5188                                       const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag);
5189   AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
5190                                      CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor,
5191                                      const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag,
5192                                      QualType objectType = QualType());
5193   AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D);
5194   AccessResult CheckMemberAccess(SourceLocation UseLoc,
5195                                  CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
5196                                  DeclAccessPair Found);
5197   AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
5198                                          Expr *ObjectExpr,
5199                                          Expr *ArgExpr,
5200                                          DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
5201   AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr,
5202                                           DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
5203   AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc,
5204                                     QualType Base, QualType Derived,
5205                                     const CXXBasePath &Path,
5206                                     unsigned DiagID,
5207                                     bool ForceCheck = false,
5208                                     bool ForceUnprivileged = false);
5209   void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R);
5210   bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx);
5211   bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl,
5212                                             AccessSpecifier access,
5213                                             QualType objectType);
5214 
5215   void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD,
5216                          const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5217   void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern,
5218                         const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5219 
5220   void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx);
5221 
5222   /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE
5223   /// failures rather than hard errors.
5224   bool AccessCheckingSFINAE;
5225 
5226   enum AbstractDiagSelID {
5227     AbstractNone = -1,
5228     AbstractReturnType,
5229     AbstractParamType,
5230     AbstractVariableType,
5231     AbstractFieldType,
5232     AbstractIvarType,
5233     AbstractSynthesizedIvarType,
5234     AbstractArrayType
5235   };
5236 
5237   bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
5238                               TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
5239   template <typename... Ts>
RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc,QualType T,unsigned DiagID,const Ts &...Args)5240   bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID,
5241                               const Ts &...Args) {
5242     BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...);
5243     return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
5244   }
5245 
5246   void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
5247 
5248   bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID,
5249                               AbstractDiagSelID SelID = AbstractNone);
5250 
5251   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5252   // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5]
5253   //
5254 
5255   bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl);
5256 
5257   bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl);
5258 
5259   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5260   // C++ Templates [C++ 14]
5261   //
5262   void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R,
5263                                      bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true);
5264   bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R,
5265                                      bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true);
5266 
5267   void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5268                           QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext,
5269                           bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
5270 
5271   TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S,
5272                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5273                                   bool hasTemplateKeyword,
5274                                   UnqualifiedId &Name,
5275                                   ParsedType ObjectType,
5276                                   bool EnteringContext,
5277                                   TemplateTy &Template,
5278                                   bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
5279 
5280   bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II,
5281                                    SourceLocation IILoc,
5282                                    Scope *S,
5283                                    const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
5284                                    TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate,
5285                                    TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind);
5286 
5287   void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl);
5288   TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl);
5289 
5290   Decl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename,
5291                            SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5292                            SourceLocation KeyLoc,
5293                            IdentifierInfo *ParamName,
5294                            SourceLocation ParamNameLoc,
5295                            unsigned Depth, unsigned Position,
5296                            SourceLocation EqualLoc,
5297                            ParsedType DefaultArg);
5298 
5299   QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
5300   Decl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
5301                                       unsigned Depth,
5302                                       unsigned Position,
5303                                       SourceLocation EqualLoc,
5304                                       Expr *DefaultArg);
5305   Decl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S,
5306                                        SourceLocation TmpLoc,
5307                                        TemplateParameterList *Params,
5308                                        SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5309                                        IdentifierInfo *ParamName,
5310                                        SourceLocation ParamNameLoc,
5311                                        unsigned Depth,
5312                                        unsigned Position,
5313                                        SourceLocation EqualLoc,
5314                                        ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg);
5315 
5316   TemplateParameterList *
5317   ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth,
5318                              SourceLocation ExportLoc,
5319                              SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5320                              SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5321                              Decl **Params, unsigned NumParams,
5322                              SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
5323 
5324   /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter list.
5325   enum TemplateParamListContext {
5326     TPC_ClassTemplate,
5327     TPC_VarTemplate,
5328     TPC_FunctionTemplate,
5329     TPC_ClassTemplateMember,
5330     TPC_FriendClassTemplate,
5331     TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate,
5332     TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition,
5333     TPC_TypeAliasTemplate
5334   };
5335 
5336   bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams,
5337                                   TemplateParameterList *OldParams,
5338                                   TemplateParamListContext TPC);
5339   TemplateParameterList *MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
5340       SourceLocation DeclStartLoc, SourceLocation DeclLoc,
5341       const CXXScopeSpec &SS, TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId,
5342       ArrayRef<TemplateParameterList *> ParamLists,
5343       bool IsFriend, bool &IsExplicitSpecialization, bool &Invalid);
5344 
5345   DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
5346                                 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5347                                 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
5348                                 AttributeList *Attr,
5349                                 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams,
5350                                 AccessSpecifier AS,
5351                                 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
5352                                 SourceLocation FriendLoc,
5353                                 unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists,
5354                             TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists,
5355                                 bool *SkipBody = nullptr);
5356 
5357   void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In,
5358                                   TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out);
5359 
5360   void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name);
5361 
5362   QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template,
5363                                SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5364                               TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs);
5365 
5366   TypeResult
5367   ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5368                       TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5369                       SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5370                       ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
5371                       SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5372                       bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false);
5373 
5374   /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id,
5375   /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>.
5376   TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK,
5377                                     TypeSpecifierType TagSpec,
5378                                     SourceLocation TagLoc,
5379                                     CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5380                                     SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5381                                     TemplateTy TemplateD,
5382                                     SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5383                                     SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5384                                     ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn,
5385                                     SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
5386 
5387   DeclResult ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization(
5388       Scope *S, Declarator &D, TypeSourceInfo *DI,
5389       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams,
5390       StorageClass SC, bool IsPartialSpecialization);
5391 
5392   DeclResult CheckVarTemplateId(VarTemplateDecl *Template,
5393                                 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5394                                 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
5395                                 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs);
5396 
5397   ExprResult CheckVarTemplateId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5398                                 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5399                                 VarTemplateDecl *Template,
5400                                 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5401                                 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
5402 
5403   ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5404                                  SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5405                                  LookupResult &R,
5406                                  bool RequiresADL,
5407                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
5408 
5409   ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5410                                           SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5411                                const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5412                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
5413 
5414   TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName(Scope *S,
5415                                               CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5416                                               SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5417                                               UnqualifiedId &Name,
5418                                               ParsedType ObjectType,
5419                                               bool EnteringContext,
5420                                               TemplateTy &Template);
5421 
5422   DeclResult
5423   ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
5424                                    SourceLocation KWLoc,
5425                                    SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
5426                                    TemplateIdAnnotation &TemplateId,
5427                                    AttributeList *Attr,
5428                                  MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists);
5429 
5430   Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S,
5431                                 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
5432                                 Declarator &D);
5433 
5434   Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionTemplateDef(Scope *FnBodyScope,
5435                                   MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
5436                                         Declarator &D);
5437 
5438   bool
5439   CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc,
5440                                          TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK,
5441                                          NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
5442                                          TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK,
5443                                          SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation,
5444                                          bool &SuppressNew);
5445 
5446   bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD,
5447                     const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5448                                                     LookupResult &Previous);
5449 
5450   bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD,
5451                          TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5452                                            LookupResult &Previous);
5453   bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous);
5454 
5455   DeclResult
5456   ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
5457                              SourceLocation ExternLoc,
5458                              SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5459                              unsigned TagSpec,
5460                              SourceLocation KWLoc,
5461                              const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5462                              TemplateTy Template,
5463                              SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
5464                              SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5465                              ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
5466                              SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5467                              AttributeList *Attr);
5468 
5469   DeclResult
5470   ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
5471                              SourceLocation ExternLoc,
5472                              SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5473                              unsigned TagSpec,
5474                              SourceLocation KWLoc,
5475                              CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5476                              IdentifierInfo *Name,
5477                              SourceLocation NameLoc,
5478                              AttributeList *Attr);
5479 
5480   DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
5481                                         SourceLocation ExternLoc,
5482                                         SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5483                                         Declarator &D);
5484 
5485   TemplateArgumentLoc
5486   SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template,
5487                                           SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5488                                           SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5489                                           Decl *Param,
5490                                           SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument>
5491                                             &Converted,
5492                                           bool &HasDefaultArg);
5493 
5494   /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template
5495   /// argument is being checked.
5496   enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind {
5497     /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was
5498     /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments.
5499     CTAK_Specified,
5500 
5501     /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument
5502     /// deduction.
5503     CTAK_Deduced,
5504 
5505     /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound
5506     /// via template argument deduction.
5507     CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound
5508   };
5509 
5510   bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param,
5511                              TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
5512                              NamedDecl *Template,
5513                              SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5514                              SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5515                              unsigned ArgumentPackIndex,
5516                            SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
5517                              CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified);
5518 
5519   /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to
5520   /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way.
5521   ///
5522   /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being
5523   /// provided.
5524   ///
5525   /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source.
5526   ///
5527   /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is
5528   /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of
5529   /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template
5530   /// arguments.
5531   ///
5532   /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is
5533   /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial
5534   /// set of template arguments.
5535   ///
5536   /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template
5537   /// arguments.
5538   ///
5539   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5540   bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template,
5541                                  SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5542                                  TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs,
5543                                  bool PartialTemplateArgs,
5544                            SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted);
5545 
5546   bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param,
5547                                  TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
5548                            SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted);
5549 
5550   bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param,
5551                              TypeSourceInfo *Arg);
5552   ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param,
5553                                    QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg,
5554                                    TemplateArgument &Converted,
5555                                CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified);
5556   bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
5557                              TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
5558                              unsigned ArgumentPackIndex);
5559 
5560   ExprResult
5561   BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
5562                                           QualType ParamType,
5563                                           SourceLocation Loc);
5564   ExprResult
5565   BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
5566                                               SourceLocation Loc);
5567 
5568   /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared
5569   /// for equality.
5570   enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind {
5571     /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates
5572     /// that might be redeclarations.
5573     ///
5574     /// \code
5575     /// template<typename T> struct X;
5576     /// template<typename T> struct X;
5577     /// \endcode
5578     TPL_TemplateMatch,
5579 
5580     /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template
5581     /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists
5582     /// of two templates that might be redeclarations.
5583     ///
5584     /// \code
5585     /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X;
5586     /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X;
5587     /// \endcode
5588     TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch,
5589 
5590     /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template
5591     /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template
5592     /// template parameter.
5593     ///
5594     /// \code
5595     /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X;
5596     /// template<int Value> struct integer_c;
5597     /// X<integer_c> xic;
5598     /// \endcode
5599     TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch
5600   };
5601 
5602   bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New,
5603                                       TemplateParameterList *Old,
5604                                       bool Complain,
5605                                       TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind,
5606                                       SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc
5607                                         = SourceLocation());
5608 
5609   bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams);
5610 
5611   /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename
5612   /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type".
5613   ///
5614   /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs.
5615   /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword
5616   /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::').
5617   /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example).
5618   /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier.
5619   TypeResult
5620   ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
5621                     const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II,
5622                     SourceLocation IdLoc);
5623 
5624   /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename
5625   /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g.,
5626   /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>".
5627   ///
5628   /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs.
5629   /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword
5630   /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::').
5631   /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any.
5632   /// \param TemplateName The template name.
5633   /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name.
5634   /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket  ('<').
5635   /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments.
5636   /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket  ('>').
5637   TypeResult
5638   ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
5639                     const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5640                     SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5641                     TemplateTy TemplateName,
5642                     SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
5643                     SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5644                     ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
5645                     SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
5646 
5647   QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
5648                              SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
5649                              NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
5650                              const IdentifierInfo &II,
5651                              SourceLocation IILoc);
5652 
5653   TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T,
5654                                                     SourceLocation Loc,
5655                                                     DeclarationName Name);
5656   bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS);
5657 
5658   ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E);
5659   bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(
5660                                                 TemplateParameterList *Params);
5661 
5662   std::string
5663   getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params,
5664                                   const TemplateArgumentList &Args);
5665 
5666   std::string
5667   getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params,
5668                                   const TemplateArgument *Args,
5669                                   unsigned NumArgs);
5670 
5671   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5672   // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic])
5673   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5674 
5675   /// Determine whether an unexpanded parameter pack might be permitted in this
5676   /// location. Useful for error recovery.
5677   bool isUnexpandedParameterPackPermitted();
5678 
5679   /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is
5680   /// being diagnosed.
5681   ///
5682   /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first
5683   /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic.
5684   enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext {
5685     /// \brief An arbitrary expression.
5686     UPPC_Expression = 0,
5687 
5688     /// \brief The base type of a class type.
5689     UPPC_BaseType,
5690 
5691     /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration.
5692     UPPC_DeclarationType,
5693 
5694     /// \brief The type of a data member.
5695     UPPC_DataMemberType,
5696 
5697     /// \brief The size of a bit-field.
5698     UPPC_BitFieldWidth,
5699 
5700     /// \brief The expression in a static assertion.
5701     UPPC_StaticAssertExpression,
5702 
5703     /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration.
5704     UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType,
5705 
5706     /// \brief The enumerator value.
5707     UPPC_EnumeratorValue,
5708 
5709     /// \brief A using declaration.
5710     UPPC_UsingDeclaration,
5711 
5712     /// \brief A friend declaration.
5713     UPPC_FriendDeclaration,
5714 
5715     /// \brief A declaration qualifier.
5716     UPPC_DeclarationQualifier,
5717 
5718     /// \brief An initializer.
5719     UPPC_Initializer,
5720 
5721     /// \brief A default argument.
5722     UPPC_DefaultArgument,
5723 
5724     /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter.
5725     UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType,
5726 
5727     /// \brief The type of an exception.
5728     UPPC_ExceptionType,
5729 
5730     /// \brief Partial specialization.
5731     UPPC_PartialSpecialization,
5732 
5733     /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists.
5734     UPPC_IfExists,
5735 
5736     /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists.
5737     UPPC_IfNotExists,
5738 
5739     /// \brief Lambda expression.
5740     UPPC_Lambda,
5741 
5742     /// \brief Block expression,
5743     UPPC_Block
5744   };
5745 
5746   /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs.
5747   ///
5748   /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic.
5749   ///
5750   /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded
5751   /// parameter packs.
5752   ///
5753   /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs.
5754   ///
5755   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5756   bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc,
5757                                         UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC,
5758                                   ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded);
5759 
5760   /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
5761   /// diagnose the error.
5762   ///
5763   /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted.
5764   ///
5765   /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter
5766   /// packs.
5767   ///
5768   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5769   bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T,
5770                                        UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5771 
5772   /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter
5773   /// pack, diagnose the error.
5774   ///
5775   /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded
5776   /// parameter packs.
5777   ///
5778   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5779   bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E,
5780                        UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression);
5781 
5782   /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded
5783   /// parameter pack, diagnose the error.
5784   ///
5785   /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for
5786   /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5787   ///
5788   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5789   bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5790                                        UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5791 
5792   /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
5793   /// diagnose the error.
5794   ///
5795   /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that
5796   /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs.
5797   ///
5798   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5799   bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5800                                        UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5801 
5802   /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
5803   /// diagnose the error.
5804   ///
5805   /// \param Loc The location of the template name.
5806   ///
5807   /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded
5808   /// parameter packs.
5809   ///
5810   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5811   bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc,
5812                                        TemplateName Template,
5813                                        UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5814 
5815   /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter
5816   /// pack, diagnose the error.
5817   ///
5818   /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded
5819   /// parameter packs.
5820   ///
5821   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5822   bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg,
5823                                        UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5824 
5825   /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5826   /// template argument.
5827   ///
5828   /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find
5829   /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5830   void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg,
5831                    SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5832 
5833   /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5834   /// template argument.
5835   ///
5836   /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find
5837   /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5838   void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg,
5839                     SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5840 
5841   /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5842   /// type.
5843   ///
5844   /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find
5845   /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5846   void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T,
5847                    SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5848 
5849   /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5850   /// type.
5851   ///
5852   /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find
5853   /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5854   void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL,
5855                    SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5856 
5857   /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5858   /// nested-name-specifier.
5859   ///
5860   /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find
5861   /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5862   void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5863                          SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5864 
5865   /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5866   /// name.
5867   ///
5868   /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find
5869   /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5870   void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5871                          SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5872 
5873   /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an
5874   /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion.
5875   ///
5876   /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which
5877   /// may already be invalid.
5878   ///
5879   /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5880   ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg,
5881                                             SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5882 
5883   /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which
5884   /// creates a pack expansion.
5885   ///
5886   /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become
5887   /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
5888   ///
5889   /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5890   TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5891 
5892   /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack
5893   /// expansion.
5894   TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern,
5895                                      SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5896                                      Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
5897 
5898   /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack
5899   /// expansion.
5900   QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern,
5901                               SourceRange PatternRange,
5902                               SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5903                               Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
5904 
5905   /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which
5906   /// creates a pack expansion.
5907   ///
5908   /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become
5909   /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
5910   ///
5911   /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5912   ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5913 
5914   /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which
5915   /// creates a pack expansion.
5916   ///
5917   /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become
5918   /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
5919   ///
5920   /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5921   ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5922                                 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
5923 
5924   /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the
5925   /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly
5926   /// transforming the pattern.
5927   ///
5928   /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the
5929   /// pack expansion.
5930   ///
5931   /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of
5932   /// the pack expansion.
5933   ///
5934   /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the
5935   /// pattern.
5936   ///
5937   /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should
5938   /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When
5939   /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set.
5940   ///
5941   /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded
5942   /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used
5943   /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per
5944   /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9.
5945   ///
5946   /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in
5947   /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an
5948   /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the
5949   /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution)
5950   /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known.
5951   /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may
5952   /// set this value in other cases.
5953   ///
5954   /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs
5955   /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false
5956   /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions)
5957   /// must be set.
5958   bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5959                                        SourceRange PatternRange,
5960                              ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded,
5961                              const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5962                                        bool &ShouldExpand,
5963                                        bool &RetainExpansion,
5964                                        Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions);
5965 
5966   /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion
5967   /// type.
5968   ///
5969   /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is
5970   /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern.
5971   ///
5972   /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded.
5973   Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T,
5974       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5975 
5976   /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded
5977   /// parameter packs.
5978   ///
5979   /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators
5980   /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g.,
5981   ///
5982   /// \code
5983   ///   void f(T...);
5984   /// \endcode
5985   ///
5986   /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or
5987   /// a variadic function.
5988   ///
5989   /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs,
5990   /// false otherwise.
5991   bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D);
5992 
5993   /// \brief Returns the pattern of the pack expansion for a template argument.
5994   ///
5995   /// \param OrigLoc The template argument to expand.
5996   ///
5997   /// \param Ellipsis Will be set to the location of the ellipsis.
5998   ///
5999   /// \param NumExpansions Will be set to the number of expansions that will
6000   /// be generated from this pack expansion, if known a priori.
6001   TemplateArgumentLoc getTemplateArgumentPackExpansionPattern(
6002       TemplateArgumentLoc OrigLoc,
6003       SourceLocation &Ellipsis,
6004       Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions) const;
6005 
6006   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6007   // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct])
6008   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6009 
6010   QualType adjustCCAndNoReturn(QualType ArgFunctionType, QualType FunctionType);
6011 
6012   /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction.
6013   ///
6014   /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of
6015   /// template argument deduction, as returned from
6016   /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo
6017   /// structure provides additional information about the results of
6018   /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument
6019   /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or
6020   /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure.
6021   enum TemplateDeductionResult {
6022     /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful.
6023     TDK_Success = 0,
6024     /// \brief The declaration was invalid; do nothing.
6025     TDK_Invalid,
6026     /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template
6027     /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed).
6028     TDK_InstantiationDepth,
6029     /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value
6030     /// for every template parameter.
6031     TDK_Incomplete,
6032     /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent
6033     /// deduced values for the given template parameter.
6034     TDK_Inconsistent,
6035     /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent
6036     /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would
6037     /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T"
6038     /// but were given a non-const "X".
6039     TDK_Underqualified,
6040     /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values
6041     /// resulted in an error.
6042     TDK_SubstitutionFailure,
6043     /// \brief A non-depnedent component of the parameter did not match the
6044     /// corresponding component of the argument.
6045     TDK_NonDeducedMismatch,
6046     /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function
6047     /// template, there were too many call arguments.
6048     TDK_TooManyArguments,
6049     /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function
6050     /// template, there were too few call arguments.
6051     TDK_TooFewArguments,
6052     /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid
6053     /// template arguments for the given template.
6054     TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments,
6055     /// \brief The arguments included an overloaded function name that could
6056     /// not be resolved to a suitable function.
6057     TDK_FailedOverloadResolution,
6058     /// \brief Deduction failed; that's all we know.
6059     TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure
6060   };
6061 
6062   TemplateDeductionResult
6063   DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial,
6064                           const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6065                           sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
6066 
6067   TemplateDeductionResult
6068   DeduceTemplateArguments(VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial,
6069                           const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6070                           sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
6071 
6072   TemplateDeductionResult SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments(
6073       FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6074       TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
6075       SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced,
6076       SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, QualType *FunctionType,
6077       sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
6078 
6079   /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument
6080   // deduction for a call.
6081   struct OriginalCallArg {
OriginalCallArgOriginalCallArg6082     OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType,
6083                     unsigned ArgIdx,
6084                     QualType OriginalArgType)
6085       : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), ArgIdx(ArgIdx),
6086         OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) { }
6087 
6088     QualType OriginalParamType;
6089     unsigned ArgIdx;
6090     QualType OriginalArgType;
6091   };
6092 
6093   TemplateDeductionResult
6094   FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6095                       SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced,
6096                                   unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified,
6097                                   FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
6098                                   sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
6099            SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = nullptr,
6100                                   bool PartialOverloading = false);
6101 
6102   TemplateDeductionResult
6103   DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6104                           TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
6105                           ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
6106                           FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
6107                           sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
6108                           bool PartialOverloading = false);
6109 
6110   TemplateDeductionResult
6111   DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6112                           TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
6113                           QualType ArgFunctionType,
6114                           FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
6115                           sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
6116                           bool InOverloadResolution = false);
6117 
6118   TemplateDeductionResult
6119   DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6120                           QualType ToType,
6121                           CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization,
6122                           sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
6123 
6124   TemplateDeductionResult
6125   DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6126                           TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
6127                           FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
6128                           sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
6129                           bool InOverloadResolution = false);
6130 
6131   /// \brief Substitute Replacement for \p auto in \p TypeWithAuto
6132   QualType SubstAutoType(QualType TypeWithAuto, QualType Replacement);
6133   /// \brief Substitute Replacement for auto in TypeWithAuto
6134   TypeSourceInfo* SubstAutoTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TypeWithAuto,
6135                                           QualType Replacement);
6136 
6137   /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType.
6138   enum DeduceAutoResult {
6139     DAR_Succeeded,
6140     DAR_Failed,
6141     DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed
6142   };
6143 
6144   DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer,
6145                                   QualType &Result);
6146   DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeLoc AutoTypeLoc, Expr *&Initializer,
6147                                   QualType &Result);
6148   void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init);
6149   bool DeduceReturnType(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc,
6150                         bool Diagnose = true);
6151 
6152   TypeLoc getReturnTypeLoc(FunctionDecl *FD) const;
6153 
6154   bool DeduceFunctionTypeFromReturnExpr(FunctionDecl *FD,
6155                                         SourceLocation ReturnLoc,
6156                                         Expr *&RetExpr, AutoType *AT);
6157 
6158   FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1,
6159                                                    FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2,
6160                                                    SourceLocation Loc,
6161                                            TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC,
6162                                                    unsigned NumCallArguments1,
6163                                                    unsigned NumCallArguments2);
6164   UnresolvedSetIterator
6165   getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin, UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd,
6166                      TemplateSpecCandidateSet &FailedCandidates,
6167                      SourceLocation Loc,
6168                      const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag,
6169                      const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag,
6170                      const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag,
6171                      bool Complain = true, QualType TargetType = QualType());
6172 
6173   ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *
6174   getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization(
6175                                   ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1,
6176                                   ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2,
6177                                   SourceLocation Loc);
6178 
6179   VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization(
6180       VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1,
6181       VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, SourceLocation Loc);
6182 
6183   void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6184                                   bool OnlyDeduced,
6185                                   unsigned Depth,
6186                                   llvm::SmallBitVector &Used);
MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(const FunctionTemplateDecl * FunctionTemplate,llvm::SmallBitVector & Deduced)6187   void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(
6188                                   const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6189                                   llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) {
6190     return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced);
6191   }
6192   static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx,
6193                                   const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6194                                   llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced);
6195 
6196   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6197   // C++ Template Instantiation
6198   //
6199 
6200   MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList
6201   getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D,
6202                                const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = nullptr,
6203                                bool RelativeToPrimary = false,
6204                                const FunctionDecl *Pattern = nullptr);
6205 
6206   /// \brief A template instantiation that is currently in progress.
6207   struct ActiveTemplateInstantiation {
6208     /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing
6209     enum InstantiationKind {
6210       /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is
6211       /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl).
6212       TemplateInstantiation,
6213 
6214       /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template
6215       /// parameter. The Entity is the template, and
6216       /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provides the template
6217       /// arguments as specified.
6218       /// FIXME: Use a TemplateArgumentList
6219       DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation,
6220 
6221       /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function.
6222       /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs
6223       /// provides the template arguments as specified.
6224       DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation,
6225 
6226       /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for
6227       /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl.
6228       ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
6229 
6230       /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of
6231       /// template argument deduction for either a class template
6232       /// partial specialization or a function template. The
6233       /// Entity is either a ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or
6234       /// a FunctionTemplateDecl.
6235       DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
6236 
6237       /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new
6238       /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a
6239       /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl.
6240       PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
6241 
6242       /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that
6243       /// has been used when naming a template-id.
6244       DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking,
6245 
6246       /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function
6247       /// template which was deferred until it was needed.
6248       ExceptionSpecInstantiation
6249     } Kind;
6250 
6251     /// \brief The point of instantiation within the source code.
6252     SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation;
6253 
6254     /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are
6255     /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template
6256     /// arguments.
6257     NamedDecl *Template;
6258 
6259     /// \brief The entity that is being instantiated.
6260     Decl *Entity;
6261 
6262     /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they
6263     /// are not part of the entity.
6264     const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs;
6265 
6266     /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs.
6267     unsigned NumTemplateArgs;
6268 
6269     /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the
6270     /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments.
6271     sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo;
6272 
6273     /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause
6274     /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class
6275     /// template instantiation.
6276     SourceRange InstantiationRange;
6277 
ActiveTemplateInstantiationActiveTemplateInstantiation6278     ActiveTemplateInstantiation()
6279       : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Template(nullptr), Entity(nullptr),
6280         TemplateArgs(nullptr), NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(nullptr) {}
6281 
6282     /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation
6283     /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth.
6284     bool isInstantiationRecord() const;
6285 
6286     friend bool operator==(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X,
6287                            const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) {
6288       if (X.Kind != Y.Kind)
6289         return false;
6290 
6291       if (X.Entity != Y.Entity)
6292         return false;
6293 
6294       switch (X.Kind) {
6295       case TemplateInstantiation:
6296       case ExceptionSpecInstantiation:
6297         return true;
6298 
6299       case PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
6300       case DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking:
6301         return X.Template == Y.Template && X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs;
6302 
6303       case DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation:
6304       case ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
6305       case DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
6306       case DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation:
6307         return X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs;
6308 
6309       }
6310 
6311       llvm_unreachable("Invalid InstantiationKind!");
6312     }
6313 
6314     friend bool operator!=(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X,
6315                            const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) {
6316       return !(X == Y);
6317     }
6318   };
6319 
6320   /// \brief List of active template instantiations.
6321   ///
6322   /// This vector is treated as a stack. As one template instantiation
6323   /// requires another template instantiation, additional
6324   /// instantiations are pushed onto the stack up to a
6325   /// user-configurable limit LangOptions::InstantiationDepth.
6326   SmallVector<ActiveTemplateInstantiation, 16>
6327     ActiveTemplateInstantiations;
6328 
6329   /// \brief Extra modules inspected when performing a lookup during a template
6330   /// instantiation. Computed lazily.
6331   SmallVector<Module*, 16> ActiveTemplateInstantiationLookupModules;
6332 
6333   /// \brief Cache of additional modules that should be used for name lookup
6334   /// within the current template instantiation. Computed lazily; use
6335   /// getLookupModules() to get a complete set.
6336   llvm::DenseSet<Module*> LookupModulesCache;
6337 
6338   /// \brief Get the set of additional modules that should be checked during
6339   /// name lookup. A module and its imports become visible when instanting a
6340   /// template defined within it.
6341   llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &getLookupModules();
6342 
6343   /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with
6344   /// template instantiation.
6345   ///
6346   /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside
6347   /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction.
6348   bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
6349 
6350   /// \brief The number of ActiveTemplateInstantiation entries in
6351   /// \c ActiveTemplateInstantiations that are not actual instantiations and,
6352   /// therefore, should not be counted as part of the instantiation depth.
6353   unsigned NonInstantiationEntries;
6354 
6355   /// \brief The last template from which a template instantiation
6356   /// error or warning was produced.
6357   ///
6358   /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant template
6359   /// instantiation backtraces when there are multiple errors in the
6360   /// same instantiation. FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough
6361   /// to implement it anywhere else.
6362   ActiveTemplateInstantiation LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext;
6363 
6364   /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be
6365   /// used for substitution of parameter packs.
6366   ///
6367   /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs
6368   /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies
6369   /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution.
6370   int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex;
6371 
6372   /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index
6373   /// within a \c Sema object.
6374   ///
6375   /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information.
6376   class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII {
6377     Sema &Self;
6378     int OldSubstitutionIndex;
6379 
6380   public:
ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema & Self,int NewSubstitutionIndex)6381     ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex)
6382       : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) {
6383       Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex;
6384     }
6385 
~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII()6386     ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() {
6387       Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex;
6388     }
6389   };
6390 
6391   friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII;
6392 
6393   /// \brief The stack of calls expression undergoing template instantiation.
6394   ///
6395   /// The top of this stack is used by a fixit instantiating unresolved
6396   /// function calls to fix the AST to match the textual change it prints.
6397   SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> CallsUndergoingInstantiation;
6398 
6399   /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the
6400   /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument
6401   /// deduction.
6402   ///
6403   /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file.
6404   typedef llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> >
6405     SuppressedDiagnosticsMap;
6406   SuppressedDiagnosticsMap SuppressedDiagnostics;
6407 
6408   /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template
6409   /// instantiation.
6410   ///
6411   /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate
6412   /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active
6413   /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum
6414   /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction
6415   /// produces an error and evaluates true.
6416   ///
6417   /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off
6418   /// the stack.
6419   struct InstantiatingTemplate {
6420     /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template,
6421     /// function template, or a member thereof.
6422     InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6423                           Decl *Entity,
6424                           SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6425 
6426     struct ExceptionSpecification {};
6427     /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification
6428     /// of a function template.
6429     InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6430                           FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification,
6431                           SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6432 
6433     /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a
6434     /// template-id.
6435     InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6436                           TemplateDecl *Template,
6437                           ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6438                           SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6439 
6440     /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a
6441     /// template-id.
6442     InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6443                           FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6444                           ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6445                           ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind,
6446                           sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
6447                           SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6448 
6449     /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template
6450     /// argument deduction for a class template partial
6451     /// specialization.
6452     InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6453                           ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec,
6454                           ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6455                           sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
6456                           SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6457 
6458     /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template
6459     /// argument deduction for a variable template partial
6460     /// specialization.
6461     InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6462                           VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec,
6463                           ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6464                           sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
6465                           SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6466 
6467     InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6468                           ParmVarDecl *Param,
6469                           ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6470                           SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6471 
6472     /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a
6473     /// non-type parameter.
6474     InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6475                           NamedDecl *Template,
6476                           NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param,
6477                           ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6478                           SourceRange InstantiationRange);
6479 
6480     /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a
6481     /// template template parameter.
6482     InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6483                           NamedDecl *Template,
6484                           TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
6485                           ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6486                           SourceRange InstantiationRange);
6487 
6488     /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument
6489     /// against the template parameter for a given template-id.
6490     InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6491                           TemplateDecl *Template,
6492                           NamedDecl *Param,
6493                           ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6494                           SourceRange InstantiationRange);
6495 
6496 
6497     /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template.
6498     void Clear();
6499 
~InstantiatingTemplateInstantiatingTemplate6500     ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); }
6501 
6502     /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum
6503     /// recursive template instantiations.
isInvalidInstantiatingTemplate6504     bool isInvalid() const { return Invalid; }
6505 
6506   private:
6507     Sema &SemaRef;
6508     bool Invalid;
6509     bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
6510     bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6511                                  SourceRange InstantiationRange);
6512 
6513     InstantiatingTemplate(
6514         Sema &SemaRef, ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind,
6515         SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, SourceRange InstantiationRange,
6516         Decl *Entity, NamedDecl *Template = nullptr,
6517         ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs = ArrayRef<TemplateArgument>(),
6518         sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo = nullptr);
6519 
6520     InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&) = delete;
6521 
6522     InstantiatingTemplate&
6523     operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&) = delete;
6524   };
6525 
6526   void PrintInstantiationStack();
6527 
6528   /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where
6529   /// template argument substitution failures are not considered
6530   /// errors.
6531   ///
6532   /// \returns An empty \c Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context.
6533   /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest
6534   /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture
6535   /// diagnostics that will be suppressed.
6536   Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const;
6537 
6538   /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context that
6539   /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5.
isUnevaluatedContext()6540   bool isUnevaluatedContext() const {
6541     assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() &&
6542            "Must be in an expression evaluation context");
6543     return ExprEvalContexts.back().isUnevaluated();
6544   }
6545 
6546   /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has
6547   /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument
6548   /// deduction.
6549   class SFINAETrap {
6550     Sema &SemaRef;
6551     unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors;
6552     bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
6553     bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE;
6554 
6555   public:
6556     explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false)
SemaRef(SemaRef)6557       : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors),
6558         PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext(
6559                                       SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext),
6560         PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE)
6561     {
6562       if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext())
6563         SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true;
6564       SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE;
6565     }
6566 
~SFINAETrap()6567     ~SFINAETrap() {
6568       SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors;
6569       SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext
6570         = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
6571       SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE;
6572     }
6573 
6574     /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped.
hasErrorOccurred()6575     bool hasErrorOccurred() const {
6576       return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors;
6577     }
6578   };
6579 
6580   /// \brief RAII class used to indicate that we are performing provisional
6581   /// semantic analysis to determine the validity of a construct, so
6582   /// typo-correction and diagnostics in the immediate context (not within
6583   /// implicitly-instantiated templates) should be suppressed.
6584   class TentativeAnalysisScope {
6585     Sema &SemaRef;
6586     // FIXME: Using a SFINAETrap for this is a hack.
6587     SFINAETrap Trap;
6588     bool PrevDisableTypoCorrection;
6589   public:
TentativeAnalysisScope(Sema & SemaRef)6590     explicit TentativeAnalysisScope(Sema &SemaRef)
6591         : SemaRef(SemaRef), Trap(SemaRef, true),
6592           PrevDisableTypoCorrection(SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection) {
6593       SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = true;
6594     }
~TentativeAnalysisScope()6595     ~TentativeAnalysisScope() {
6596       SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = PrevDisableTypoCorrection;
6597     }
6598   };
6599 
6600   /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local
6601   /// variables.
6602   LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope;
6603 
6604   /// \brief Tracks whether we are in a context where typo correction is
6605   /// disabled.
6606   bool DisableTypoCorrection;
6607 
6608   /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo.
6609   unsigned TyposCorrected;
6610 
6611   typedef llvm::SmallSet<SourceLocation, 2> SrcLocSet;
6612   typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, SrcLocSet> IdentifierSourceLocations;
6613 
6614   /// \brief A cache containing identifiers for which typo correction failed and
6615   /// their locations, so that repeated attempts to correct an identifier in a
6616   /// given location are ignored if typo correction already failed for it.
6617   IdentifierSourceLocations TypoCorrectionFailures;
6618 
6619   /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings.
6620   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings;
6621   threadSafety::BeforeSet *ThreadSafetyDeclCache;
6622 
6623   /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required.
6624   ///
6625   /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in
6626   /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily
6627   /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the
6628   /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation),
6629   /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to,
6630   /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation.
6631   typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation;
6632 
6633   /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required
6634   /// but have not yet been performed.
6635   std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations;
6636 
6637   class SavePendingInstantiationsAndVTableUsesRAII {
6638   public:
SavePendingInstantiationsAndVTableUsesRAII(Sema & S,bool Enabled)6639     SavePendingInstantiationsAndVTableUsesRAII(Sema &S, bool Enabled)
6640         : S(S), Enabled(Enabled) {
6641       if (!Enabled) return;
6642 
6643       SavedPendingInstantiations.swap(S.PendingInstantiations);
6644       SavedVTableUses.swap(S.VTableUses);
6645     }
6646 
~SavePendingInstantiationsAndVTableUsesRAII()6647     ~SavePendingInstantiationsAndVTableUsesRAII() {
6648       if (!Enabled) return;
6649 
6650       // Restore the set of pending vtables.
6651       assert(S.VTableUses.empty() &&
6652              "VTableUses should be empty before it is discarded.");
6653       S.VTableUses.swap(SavedVTableUses);
6654 
6655       // Restore the set of pending implicit instantiations.
6656       assert(S.PendingInstantiations.empty() &&
6657              "PendingInstantiations should be empty before it is discarded.");
6658       S.PendingInstantiations.swap(SavedPendingInstantiations);
6659     }
6660 
6661   private:
6662     Sema &S;
6663     SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> SavedVTableUses;
6664     std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> SavedPendingInstantiations;
6665     bool Enabled;
6666   };
6667 
6668   /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required
6669   /// and must be performed within the current local scope.
6670   ///
6671   /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in
6672   /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their
6673   /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local
6674   /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc.
6675   std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations;
6676 
6677   class SavePendingLocalImplicitInstantiationsRAII {
6678   public:
SavePendingLocalImplicitInstantiationsRAII(Sema & S)6679     SavePendingLocalImplicitInstantiationsRAII(Sema &S): S(S) {
6680       SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.swap(
6681           S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations);
6682     }
6683 
~SavePendingLocalImplicitInstantiationsRAII()6684     ~SavePendingLocalImplicitInstantiationsRAII() {
6685       assert(S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.empty() &&
6686              "there shouldn't be any pending local implicit instantiations");
6687       SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.swap(
6688           S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations);
6689     }
6690 
6691   private:
6692     Sema &S;
6693     std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation>
6694     SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations;
6695   };
6696 
6697   void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false);
6698 
6699   TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T,
6700                             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6701                             SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
6702 
6703   QualType SubstType(QualType T,
6704                      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6705                      SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
6706 
6707   TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL,
6708                             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6709                             SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
6710 
6711   TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T,
6712                             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6713                                         SourceLocation Loc,
6714                                         DeclarationName Entity,
6715                                         CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext,
6716                                         unsigned ThisTypeQuals);
6717   void SubstExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *New, const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
6718                           const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &Args);
6719   ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D,
6720                             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6721                                 int indexAdjustment,
6722                                 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions,
6723                                 bool ExpectParameterPack);
6724   bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc,
6725                       ParmVarDecl **Params, unsigned NumParams,
6726                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6727                       SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes,
6728                       SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams = nullptr);
6729   ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E,
6730                        const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6731 
6732   /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of
6733   /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required.
6734   ///
6735   /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into.
6736   ///
6737   /// \param NumExprs The number of expressions in \p Exprs.
6738   ///
6739   /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case
6740   /// default arguments will be dropped.
6741   ///
6742   /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute.
6743   ///
6744   /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments.
6745   ///
6746   /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6747   bool SubstExprs(Expr **Exprs, unsigned NumExprs, bool IsCall,
6748                   const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6749                   SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs);
6750 
6751   StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S,
6752                        const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6753 
6754   Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner,
6755                   const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6756 
6757   ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E,
6758                        const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6759                        bool CXXDirectInit);
6760 
6761   bool
6762   SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation,
6763                       CXXRecordDecl *Pattern,
6764                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6765 
6766   bool
6767   InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6768                    CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern,
6769                    const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6770                    TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
6771                    bool Complain = true);
6772 
6773   bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6774                        EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern,
6775                        const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6776                        TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
6777 
6778   bool InstantiateInClassInitializer(
6779       SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, FieldDecl *Instantiation,
6780       FieldDecl *Pattern, const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6781 
6782   struct LateInstantiatedAttribute {
6783     const Attr *TmplAttr;
6784     LocalInstantiationScope *Scope;
6785     Decl *NewDecl;
6786 
LateInstantiatedAttributeLateInstantiatedAttribute6787     LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S,
6788                               Decl *D)
6789       : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D)
6790     { }
6791   };
6792   typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec;
6793 
6794   void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6795                         const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst,
6796                         LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = nullptr,
6797                         LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = nullptr);
6798 
6799   bool
6800   InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6801                            ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec,
6802                            TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
6803                            bool Complain = true);
6804 
6805   void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6806                                CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation,
6807                             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6808                                TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
6809 
6810   void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers(
6811                                           SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6812                            ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec,
6813                                                 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
6814 
6815   NestedNameSpecifierLoc
6816   SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS,
6817                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6818 
6819   DeclarationNameInfo
6820   SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
6821                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6822   TemplateName
6823   SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name,
6824                     SourceLocation Loc,
6825                     const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6826   bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs,
6827              TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result,
6828              const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6829 
6830   void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6831                                 FunctionDecl *Function);
6832   void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6833                                      FunctionDecl *Function,
6834                                      bool Recursive = false,
6835                                      bool DefinitionRequired = false);
6836   VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *BuildVarTemplateInstantiation(
6837       VarTemplateDecl *VarTemplate, VarDecl *FromVar,
6838       const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgList,
6839       const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgsInfo,
6840       SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
6841       SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, void *InsertPos,
6842       LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = nullptr,
6843       LocalInstantiationScope *StartingScope = nullptr);
6844   VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *CompleteVarTemplateSpecializationDecl(
6845       VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *VarSpec, VarDecl *PatternDecl,
6846       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6847   void
6848   BuildVariableInstantiation(VarDecl *NewVar, VarDecl *OldVar,
6849                              const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6850                              LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs,
6851                              DeclContext *Owner,
6852                              LocalInstantiationScope *StartingScope,
6853                              bool InstantiatingVarTemplate = false);
6854   void InstantiateVariableInitializer(
6855       VarDecl *Var, VarDecl *OldVar,
6856       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6857   void InstantiateVariableDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6858                                      VarDecl *Var, bool Recursive = false,
6859                                      bool DefinitionRequired = false);
6860   void InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition(
6861                                      SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6862                                      VarDecl *Var,
6863                                      bool Recursive = false,
6864                                      bool DefinitionRequired = false);
6865 
6866   void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New,
6867                                   const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl,
6868                             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6869 
6870   NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D,
6871                           const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6872   DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC,
6873                           const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6874 
6875   // Objective-C declarations.
6876   enum ObjCContainerKind {
6877     OCK_None = -1,
6878     OCK_Interface = 0,
6879     OCK_Protocol,
6880     OCK_Category,
6881     OCK_ClassExtension,
6882     OCK_Implementation,
6883     OCK_CategoryImplementation
6884   };
6885   ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const;
6886 
6887   Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc,
6888                                  IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
6889                                  SourceLocation ClassLoc,
6890                                  IdentifierInfo *SuperName,
6891                                  SourceLocation SuperLoc,
6892                                  Decl * const *ProtoRefs,
6893                                  unsigned NumProtoRefs,
6894                                  const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
6895                                  SourceLocation EndProtoLoc,
6896                                  AttributeList *AttrList);
6897 
6898   void ActOnTypedefedProtocols(SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &ProtocolRefs,
6899                                IdentifierInfo *SuperName,
6900                                SourceLocation SuperLoc);
6901 
6902   Decl *ActOnCompatibilityAlias(
6903                     SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc,
6904                     IdentifierInfo *AliasName,  SourceLocation AliasLocation,
6905                     IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation);
6906 
6907   bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency(
6908     IdentifierInfo *PName,
6909     SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc,
6910     const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList);
6911 
6912   Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface(
6913                     SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc,
6914                     IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc,
6915                     Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs,
6916                     const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
6917                     SourceLocation EndProtoLoc,
6918                     AttributeList *AttrList);
6919 
6920   Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc,
6921                                     IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
6922                                     SourceLocation ClassLoc,
6923                                     IdentifierInfo *CategoryName,
6924                                     SourceLocation CategoryLoc,
6925                                     Decl * const *ProtoRefs,
6926                                     unsigned NumProtoRefs,
6927                                     const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
6928                                     SourceLocation EndProtoLoc);
6929 
6930   Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation(
6931                     SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc,
6932                     IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc,
6933                     IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname,
6934                     SourceLocation SuperClassLoc);
6935 
6936   Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc,
6937                                          IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
6938                                          SourceLocation ClassLoc,
6939                                          IdentifierInfo *CatName,
6940                                          SourceLocation CatLoc);
6941 
6942   DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl,
6943                                                ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls);
6944 
6945   DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc,
6946                                      IdentifierInfo **IdentList,
6947                                      SourceLocation *IdentLocs,
6948                                      unsigned NumElts);
6949 
6950   DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc,
6951                                         const IdentifierLocPair *IdentList,
6952                                         unsigned NumElts,
6953                                         AttributeList *attrList);
6954 
6955   void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations,
6956                                const IdentifierLocPair *ProtocolId,
6957                                unsigned NumProtocols,
6958                                SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols);
6959 
6960   /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type.
6961   /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will
6962   /// be modified to be consistent with \p PropertyTy.
6963   void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy,
6964                                    SourceLocation Loc,
6965                                    unsigned &Attributes,
6966                                    bool propertyInPrimaryClass);
6967 
6968   /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the
6969   /// setters and getters as needed.
6970   /// \param property The property declaration being processed
6971   /// \param CD The semantic container for the property
6972   /// \param redeclaredProperty Declaration for property if redeclared
6973   ///        in class extension.
6974   /// \param lexicalDC Container for redeclaredProperty.
6975   void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property,
6976                            ObjCContainerDecl *CD,
6977                            ObjCPropertyDecl *redeclaredProperty = nullptr,
6978                            ObjCContainerDecl *lexicalDC = nullptr);
6979 
6980 
6981   void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property,
6982                                 ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty,
6983                                 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
6984                                 bool OverridingProtocolProperty);
6985 
6986   void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT,
6987                                         ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID);
6988 
6989   Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd,
6990                    ArrayRef<Decl *> allMethods = None,
6991                    ArrayRef<DeclGroupPtrTy> allTUVars = None);
6992 
6993   Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc,
6994                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6995                       FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS,
6996                       Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel,
6997                       bool *OverridingProperty,
6998                       tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
6999                       DeclContext *lexicalDC = nullptr);
7000 
7001   Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S,
7002                               SourceLocation AtLoc,
7003                               SourceLocation PropertyLoc,
7004                               bool ImplKind,
7005                               IdentifierInfo *PropertyId,
7006                               IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar,
7007                               SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc);
7008 
7009   enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind {
7010     OSMK_None,
7011     OSMK_Alloc,
7012     OSMK_New,
7013     OSMK_Copy,
7014     OSMK_RetainingInit,
7015     OSMK_NonRetainingInit
7016   };
7017 
7018   struct ObjCArgInfo {
7019     IdentifierInfo *Name;
7020     SourceLocation NameLoc;
7021     // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid
7022     // in this case.
7023     ParsedType Type;
7024     ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec;
7025 
7026     /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument.
7027     AttributeList *ArgAttrs;
7028   };
7029 
7030   Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration(
7031     Scope *S,
7032     SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -.
7033     SourceLocation EndLoc,   // location of the ; or {.
7034     tok::TokenKind MethodType,
7035     ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType,
7036     ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel,
7037     // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained
7038     // from the Sel.getNumArgs().
7039     ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo,
7040     DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args
7041     AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
7042     bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition);
7043 
7044   ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel,
7045                                               const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
7046                                               bool IsInstance);
7047   ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty,
7048                                            bool IsInstance);
7049 
7050   bool CheckARCMethodDecl(ObjCMethodDecl *method);
7051   bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl);
7052 
7053   ExprResult
7054   HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
7055                             Expr *BaseExpr,
7056                             SourceLocation OpLoc,
7057                             DeclarationName MemberName,
7058                             SourceLocation MemberLoc,
7059                             SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType,
7060                             bool Super);
7061 
7062   ExprResult
7063   ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName,
7064                             IdentifierInfo &propertyName,
7065                             SourceLocation receiverNameLoc,
7066                             SourceLocation propertyNameLoc);
7067 
7068   ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc);
7069 
7070   /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message
7071   /// send that starts with an identifier.
7072   enum ObjCMessageKind {
7073     /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'.
7074     ObjCSuperMessage,
7075     /// \brief The message is an instance message.
7076     ObjCInstanceMessage,
7077     /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type
7078     /// name.
7079     ObjCClassMessage
7080   };
7081 
7082   ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S,
7083                                      IdentifierInfo *Name,
7084                                      SourceLocation NameLoc,
7085                                      bool IsSuper,
7086                                      bool HasTrailingDot,
7087                                      ParsedType &ReceiverType);
7088 
7089   ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
7090                                Selector Sel,
7091                                SourceLocation LBracLoc,
7092                                ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
7093                                SourceLocation RBracLoc,
7094                                MultiExprArg Args);
7095 
7096   ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo,
7097                                QualType ReceiverType,
7098                                SourceLocation SuperLoc,
7099                                Selector Sel,
7100                                ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
7101                                SourceLocation LBracLoc,
7102                                ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
7103                                SourceLocation RBracLoc,
7104                                MultiExprArg Args,
7105                                bool isImplicit = false);
7106 
7107   ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType,
7108                                        bool isSuperReceiver,
7109                                        SourceLocation Loc,
7110                                        Selector Sel,
7111                                        ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
7112                                        MultiExprArg Args);
7113 
7114   ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S,
7115                                ParsedType Receiver,
7116                                Selector Sel,
7117                                SourceLocation LBracLoc,
7118                                ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
7119                                SourceLocation RBracLoc,
7120                                MultiExprArg Args);
7121 
7122   ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver,
7123                                   QualType ReceiverType,
7124                                   SourceLocation SuperLoc,
7125                                   Selector Sel,
7126                                   ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
7127                                   SourceLocation LBracLoc,
7128                                   ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
7129                                   SourceLocation RBracLoc,
7130                                   MultiExprArg Args,
7131                                   bool isImplicit = false);
7132 
7133   ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver,
7134                                           QualType ReceiverType,
7135                                           SourceLocation Loc,
7136                                           Selector Sel,
7137                                           ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
7138                                           MultiExprArg Args);
7139 
7140   ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S,
7141                                   Expr *Receiver,
7142                                   Selector Sel,
7143                                   SourceLocation LBracLoc,
7144                                   ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
7145                                   SourceLocation RBracLoc,
7146                                   MultiExprArg Args);
7147 
7148   ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7149                                   ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind,
7150                                   SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc,
7151                                   TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
7152                                   Expr *SubExpr);
7153 
7154   ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S,
7155                                   SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7156                                   ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind,
7157                                   SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc,
7158                                   ParsedType Type,
7159                                   SourceLocation RParenLoc,
7160                                   Expr *SubExpr);
7161 
7162   void CheckTollFreeBridgeCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr);
7163 
7164   void CheckObjCBridgeRelatedCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr);
7165 
7166   bool CheckTollFreeBridgeStaticCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr,
7167                                      CastKind &Kind);
7168 
7169   bool checkObjCBridgeRelatedComponents(SourceLocation Loc,
7170                                         QualType DestType, QualType SrcType,
7171                                         ObjCInterfaceDecl *&RelatedClass,
7172                                         ObjCMethodDecl *&ClassMethod,
7173                                         ObjCMethodDecl *&InstanceMethod,
7174                                         TypedefNameDecl *&TDNDecl,
7175                                         bool CfToNs);
7176 
7177   bool CheckObjCBridgeRelatedConversions(SourceLocation Loc,
7178                                          QualType DestType, QualType SrcType,
7179                                          Expr *&SrcExpr);
7180 
7181   bool ConversionToObjCStringLiteralCheck(QualType DstType, Expr *&SrcExpr);
7182 
7183   bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall);
7184 
7185   /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the
7186   /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited.
7187   void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod,
7188                                const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden);
7189 
7190   /// \brief Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method.
7191   enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind {
7192     RTC_Compatible,
7193     RTC_Incompatible,
7194     RTC_Unknown
7195   };
7196 
7197   void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod,
7198                                 ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass,
7199                                 ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC);
7200 
7201   enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind {
7202     POAK_Native,  // #pragma options align=native
7203     POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural
7204     POAK_Packed,  // #pragma options align=packed
7205     POAK_Power,   // #pragma options align=power
7206     POAK_Mac68k,  // #pragma options align=mac68k
7207     POAK_Reset    // #pragma options align=reset
7208   };
7209 
7210   /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align.
7211   void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind,
7212                                SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
7213 
7214   enum PragmaPackKind {
7215     PPK_Default, // #pragma pack([n])
7216     PPK_Show,    // #pragma pack(show), only supported by MSVC.
7217     PPK_Push,    // #pragma pack(push, [identifier], [n])
7218     PPK_Pop      // #pragma pack(pop, [identifier], [n])
7219   };
7220 
7221   enum PragmaMSStructKind {
7222     PMSST_OFF,  // #pragms ms_struct off
7223     PMSST_ON    // #pragms ms_struct on
7224   };
7225 
7226   enum PragmaMSCommentKind {
7227     PCK_Unknown,
7228     PCK_Linker,   // #pragma comment(linker, ...)
7229     PCK_Lib,      // #pragma comment(lib, ...)
7230     PCK_Compiler, // #pragma comment(compiler, ...)
7231     PCK_ExeStr,   // #pragma comment(exestr, ...)
7232     PCK_User      // #pragma comment(user, ...)
7233   };
7234 
7235   /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...).
7236   void ActOnPragmaPack(PragmaPackKind Kind,
7237                        IdentifierInfo *Name,
7238                        Expr *Alignment,
7239                        SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
7240                        SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7241                        SourceLocation RParenLoc);
7242 
7243   /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off].
7244   void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind);
7245 
7246   /// ActOnPragmaMSComment - Called on well formed
7247   /// \#pragma comment(kind, "arg").
7248   void ActOnPragmaMSComment(PragmaMSCommentKind Kind, StringRef Arg);
7249 
7250   /// ActOnPragmaMSPointersToMembers - called on well formed \#pragma
7251   /// pointers_to_members(representation method[, general purpose
7252   /// representation]).
7253   void ActOnPragmaMSPointersToMembers(
7254       LangOptions::PragmaMSPointersToMembersKind Kind,
7255       SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
7256 
7257   /// \brief Called on well formed \#pragma vtordisp().
7258   void ActOnPragmaMSVtorDisp(PragmaVtorDispKind Kind, SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
7259                              MSVtorDispAttr::Mode Value);
7260 
7261   enum PragmaSectionKind {
7262     PSK_DataSeg,
7263     PSK_BSSSeg,
7264     PSK_ConstSeg,
7265     PSK_CodeSeg,
7266   };
7267 
7268   bool UnifySection(StringRef SectionName,
7269                     int SectionFlags,
7270                     DeclaratorDecl *TheDecl);
7271   bool UnifySection(StringRef SectionName,
7272                     int SectionFlags,
7273                     SourceLocation PragmaSectionLocation);
7274 
7275   /// \brief Called on well formed \#pragma bss_seg/data_seg/const_seg/code_seg.
7276   void ActOnPragmaMSSeg(SourceLocation PragmaLocation,
7277                         PragmaMsStackAction Action,
7278                         llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel,
7279                         StringLiteral *SegmentName,
7280                         llvm::StringRef PragmaName);
7281 
7282   /// \brief Called on well formed \#pragma section().
7283   void ActOnPragmaMSSection(SourceLocation PragmaLocation,
7284                             int SectionFlags, StringLiteral *SegmentName);
7285 
7286   /// \brief Called on well-formed \#pragma init_seg().
7287   void ActOnPragmaMSInitSeg(SourceLocation PragmaLocation,
7288                             StringLiteral *SegmentName);
7289 
7290   /// ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch - Call on well-formed \#pragma detect_mismatch
7291   void ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch(StringRef Name, StringRef Value);
7292 
7293   /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'.
7294   void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier,
7295                          Scope *curScope,
7296                          SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
7297 
7298   /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... .
7299   void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType,
7300                              SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
7301 
7302   NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II,
7303                                  SourceLocation Loc);
7304   void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W);
7305 
7306   /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident.
7307   void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
7308                          SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
7309                          SourceLocation WeakNameLoc);
7310 
7311   /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed
7312   /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname.
7313   void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
7314                                   IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
7315                                   SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
7316                                   SourceLocation WeakNameLoc,
7317                                   SourceLocation AliasNameLoc);
7318 
7319   /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident.
7320   void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
7321                             IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
7322                             SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
7323                             SourceLocation WeakNameLoc,
7324                             SourceLocation AliasNameLoc);
7325 
7326   /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed
7327   /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT
7328   void ActOnPragmaFPContract(tok::OnOffSwitch OOS);
7329 
7330   /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to
7331   /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'.
7332   void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD);
7333 
7334   /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record.
7335   void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD);
7336 
7337   /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext.
7338   void FreePackedContext();
7339 
7340   /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a
7341   /// namespace with a visibility attribute.
7342   void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr,
7343                                    SourceLocation Loc);
7344 
7345   /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used,
7346   /// add an appropriate visibility attribute.
7347   void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD);
7348 
7349   /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used
7350   /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces.
7351   void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc);
7352 
7353   /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext.
7354   void FreeVisContext();
7355 
7356   /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within
7357   /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding
7358   /// the appropriate attribute.
7359   void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D);
7360 
7361   /// \brief Called on well formed \#pragma clang optimize.
7362   void ActOnPragmaOptimize(bool On, SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
7363 
7364   /// \brief Get the location for the currently active "\#pragma clang optimize
7365   /// off". If this location is invalid, then the state of the pragma is "on".
getOptimizeOffPragmaLocation()7366   SourceLocation getOptimizeOffPragmaLocation() const {
7367     return OptimizeOffPragmaLocation;
7368   }
7369 
7370   /// \brief Only called on function definitions; if there is a pragma in scope
7371   /// with the effect of a range-based optnone, consider marking the function
7372   /// with attribute optnone.
7373   void AddRangeBasedOptnone(FunctionDecl *FD);
7374 
7375   /// \brief Adds the 'optnone' attribute to the function declaration if there
7376   /// are no conflicts; Loc represents the location causing the 'optnone'
7377   /// attribute to be added (usually because of a pragma).
7378   void AddOptnoneAttributeIfNoConflicts(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc);
7379 
7380   /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration.
7381   void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E,
7382                       unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion);
7383   void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T,
7384                       unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion);
7385 
7386   /// AddAssumeAlignedAttr - Adds an assume_aligned attribute to a particular
7387   /// declaration.
7388   void AddAssumeAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E, Expr *OE,
7389                             unsigned SpellingListIndex);
7390 
7391   /// AddAlignValueAttr - Adds an align_value attribute to a particular
7392   /// declaration.
7393   void AddAlignValueAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E,
7394                          unsigned SpellingListIndex);
7395 
7396   // OpenMP directives and clauses.
7397 private:
7398   void *VarDataSharingAttributesStack;
7399   /// \brief Initialization of data-sharing attributes stack.
7400   void InitDataSharingAttributesStack();
7401   void DestroyDataSharingAttributesStack();
7402   ExprResult VerifyPositiveIntegerConstantInClause(Expr *Op,
7403                                                    OpenMPClauseKind CKind);
7404   /// \brief Checks if the specified variable is used in one of the private
7405   /// clauses in OpenMP constructs.
7406   bool IsOpenMPCapturedVar(VarDecl *VD);
7407 
7408 public:
7409   ExprResult PerformOpenMPImplicitIntegerConversion(SourceLocation OpLoc,
7410                                                     Expr *Op);
7411   /// \brief Called on start of new data sharing attribute block.
7412   void StartOpenMPDSABlock(OpenMPDirectiveKind K,
7413                            const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName, Scope *CurScope,
7414                            SourceLocation Loc);
7415   /// \brief Called on end of data sharing attribute block.
7416   void EndOpenMPDSABlock(Stmt *CurDirective);
7417 
7418   // OpenMP directives and clauses.
7419   /// \brief Called on correct id-expression from the '#pragma omp
7420   /// threadprivate'.
7421   ExprResult ActOnOpenMPIdExpression(Scope *CurScope,
7422                                      CXXScopeSpec &ScopeSpec,
7423                                      const DeclarationNameInfo &Id);
7424   /// \brief Called on well-formed '#pragma omp threadprivate'.
7425   DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPThreadprivateDirective(
7426                                      SourceLocation Loc,
7427                                      ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList);
7428   /// \brief Builds a new OpenMPThreadPrivateDecl and checks its correctness.
7429   OMPThreadPrivateDecl *CheckOMPThreadPrivateDecl(
7430                                      SourceLocation Loc,
7431                                      ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList);
7432 
7433   /// \brief Initialization of captured region for OpenMP region.
7434   void ActOnOpenMPRegionStart(OpenMPDirectiveKind DKind, Scope *CurScope);
7435   /// \brief End of OpenMP region.
7436   ///
7437   /// \param S Statement associated with the current OpenMP region.
7438   /// \param Clauses List of clauses for the current OpenMP region.
7439   ///
7440   /// \returns Statement for finished OpenMP region.
7441   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPRegionEnd(StmtResult S, ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses);
7442   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPExecutableDirective(OpenMPDirectiveKind Kind,
7443                                             const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName,
7444                                             ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7445                                             Stmt *AStmt,
7446                                             SourceLocation StartLoc,
7447                                             SourceLocation EndLoc);
7448   /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel' after parsing
7449   /// of the  associated statement.
7450   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7451                                           Stmt *AStmt,
7452                                           SourceLocation StartLoc,
7453                                           SourceLocation EndLoc);
7454   /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp simd' after parsing
7455   /// of the associated statement.
7456   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSimdDirective(
7457       ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7458       SourceLocation EndLoc,
7459       llvm::DenseMap<VarDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
7460   /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp for' after parsing
7461   /// of the associated statement.
7462   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPForDirective(
7463       ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7464       SourceLocation EndLoc,
7465       llvm::DenseMap<VarDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
7466   /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp for simd' after parsing
7467   /// of the associated statement.
7468   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPForSimdDirective(
7469       ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7470       SourceLocation EndLoc,
7471       llvm::DenseMap<VarDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
7472   /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp sections' after parsing
7473   /// of the associated statement.
7474   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSectionsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7475                                           Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7476                                           SourceLocation EndLoc);
7477   /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp section' after parsing of the
7478   /// associated statement.
7479   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSectionDirective(Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7480                                          SourceLocation EndLoc);
7481   /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp single' after parsing of the
7482   /// associated statement.
7483   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSingleDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7484                                         Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7485                                         SourceLocation EndLoc);
7486   /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp master' after parsing of the
7487   /// associated statement.
7488   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPMasterDirective(Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7489                                         SourceLocation EndLoc);
7490   /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp critical' after parsing of the
7491   /// associated statement.
7492   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPCriticalDirective(const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName,
7493                                           Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7494                                           SourceLocation EndLoc);
7495   /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel for' after parsing
7496   /// of the  associated statement.
7497   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelForDirective(
7498       ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7499       SourceLocation EndLoc,
7500       llvm::DenseMap<VarDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
7501   /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel for simd' after
7502   /// parsing of the  associated statement.
7503   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelForSimdDirective(
7504       ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7505       SourceLocation EndLoc,
7506       llvm::DenseMap<VarDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
7507   /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel sections' after
7508   /// parsing of the  associated statement.
7509   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelSectionsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7510                                                   Stmt *AStmt,
7511                                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
7512                                                   SourceLocation EndLoc);
7513   /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp task' after parsing of the
7514   /// associated statement.
7515   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7516                                       Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7517                                       SourceLocation EndLoc);
7518   /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskyield'.
7519   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskyieldDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc,
7520                                            SourceLocation EndLoc);
7521   /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp barrier'.
7522   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPBarrierDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc,
7523                                          SourceLocation EndLoc);
7524   /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskwait'.
7525   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskwaitDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc,
7526                                           SourceLocation EndLoc);
7527   /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp flush'.
7528   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPFlushDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7529                                        SourceLocation StartLoc,
7530                                        SourceLocation EndLoc);
7531   /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp ordered' after parsing of the
7532   /// associated statement.
7533   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPOrderedDirective(Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7534                                          SourceLocation EndLoc);
7535   /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp atomic' after parsing of the
7536   /// associated statement.
7537   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPAtomicDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7538                                         Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7539                                         SourceLocation EndLoc);
7540   /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target' after parsing of the
7541   /// associated statement.
7542   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7543                                         Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7544                                         SourceLocation EndLoc);
7545   /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams' after parsing of the
7546   /// associated statement.
7547   StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7548                                        Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7549                                        SourceLocation EndLoc);
7550 
7551   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSingleExprClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind,
7552                                          Expr *Expr,
7553                                          SourceLocation StartLoc,
7554                                          SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7555                                          SourceLocation EndLoc);
7556   /// \brief Called on well-formed 'if' clause.
7557   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPIfClause(Expr *Condition, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7558                                  SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7559                                  SourceLocation EndLoc);
7560   /// \brief Called on well-formed 'final' clause.
7561   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFinalClause(Expr *Condition, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7562                                     SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7563                                     SourceLocation EndLoc);
7564   /// \brief Called on well-formed 'num_threads' clause.
7565   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNumThreadsClause(Expr *NumThreads,
7566                                          SourceLocation StartLoc,
7567                                          SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7568                                          SourceLocation EndLoc);
7569   /// \brief Called on well-formed 'safelen' clause.
7570   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSafelenClause(Expr *Length,
7571                                       SourceLocation StartLoc,
7572                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7573                                       SourceLocation EndLoc);
7574   /// \brief Called on well-formed 'collapse' clause.
7575   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCollapseClause(Expr *NumForLoops,
7576                                        SourceLocation StartLoc,
7577                                        SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7578                                        SourceLocation EndLoc);
7579 
7580   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSimpleClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind,
7581                                      unsigned Argument,
7582                                      SourceLocation ArgumentLoc,
7583                                      SourceLocation StartLoc,
7584                                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7585                                      SourceLocation EndLoc);
7586   /// \brief Called on well-formed 'default' clause.
7587   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDefaultClause(OpenMPDefaultClauseKind Kind,
7588                                       SourceLocation KindLoc,
7589                                       SourceLocation StartLoc,
7590                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7591                                       SourceLocation EndLoc);
7592   /// \brief Called on well-formed 'proc_bind' clause.
7593   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPProcBindClause(OpenMPProcBindClauseKind Kind,
7594                                        SourceLocation KindLoc,
7595                                        SourceLocation StartLoc,
7596                                        SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7597                                        SourceLocation EndLoc);
7598 
7599   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSingleExprWithArgClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind,
7600                                                 unsigned Argument, Expr *Expr,
7601                                                 SourceLocation StartLoc,
7602                                                 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7603                                                 SourceLocation ArgumentLoc,
7604                                                 SourceLocation CommaLoc,
7605                                                 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7606   /// \brief Called on well-formed 'schedule' clause.
7607   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPScheduleClause(OpenMPScheduleClauseKind Kind,
7608                                        Expr *ChunkSize, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7609                                        SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7610                                        SourceLocation KindLoc,
7611                                        SourceLocation CommaLoc,
7612                                        SourceLocation EndLoc);
7613 
7614   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7615                                SourceLocation EndLoc);
7616   /// \brief Called on well-formed 'ordered' clause.
7617   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPOrderedClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
7618                                       SourceLocation EndLoc);
7619   /// \brief Called on well-formed 'nowait' clause.
7620   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNowaitClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
7621                                      SourceLocation EndLoc);
7622   /// \brief Called on well-formed 'untied' clause.
7623   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUntiedClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
7624                                      SourceLocation EndLoc);
7625   /// \brief Called on well-formed 'mergeable' clause.
7626   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPMergeableClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
7627                                         SourceLocation EndLoc);
7628   /// \brief Called on well-formed 'read' clause.
7629   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPReadClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
7630                                    SourceLocation EndLoc);
7631   /// \brief Called on well-formed 'write' clause.
7632   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPWriteClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
7633                                     SourceLocation EndLoc);
7634   /// \brief Called on well-formed 'update' clause.
7635   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUpdateClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
7636                                      SourceLocation EndLoc);
7637   /// \brief Called on well-formed 'capture' clause.
7638   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCaptureClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
7639                                       SourceLocation EndLoc);
7640   /// \brief Called on well-formed 'seq_cst' clause.
7641   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSeqCstClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
7642                                      SourceLocation EndLoc);
7643 
7644   OMPClause *
7645   ActOnOpenMPVarListClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind, ArrayRef<Expr *> Vars,
7646                            Expr *TailExpr, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7647                            SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc,
7648                            SourceLocation EndLoc,
7649                            CXXScopeSpec &ReductionIdScopeSpec,
7650                            const DeclarationNameInfo &ReductionId);
7651   /// \brief Called on well-formed 'private' clause.
7652   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPPrivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
7653                                       SourceLocation StartLoc,
7654                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7655                                       SourceLocation EndLoc);
7656   /// \brief Called on well-formed 'firstprivate' clause.
7657   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFirstprivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
7658                                            SourceLocation StartLoc,
7659                                            SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7660                                            SourceLocation EndLoc);
7661   /// \brief Called on well-formed 'lastprivate' clause.
7662   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPLastprivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
7663                                           SourceLocation StartLoc,
7664                                           SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7665                                           SourceLocation EndLoc);
7666   /// \brief Called on well-formed 'shared' clause.
7667   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSharedClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
7668                                      SourceLocation StartLoc,
7669                                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7670                                      SourceLocation EndLoc);
7671   /// \brief Called on well-formed 'reduction' clause.
7672   OMPClause *
7673   ActOnOpenMPReductionClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7674                              SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc,
7675                              SourceLocation EndLoc,
7676                              CXXScopeSpec &ReductionIdScopeSpec,
7677                              const DeclarationNameInfo &ReductionId);
7678   /// \brief Called on well-formed 'linear' clause.
7679   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPLinearClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
7680                                      Expr *Step,
7681                                      SourceLocation StartLoc,
7682                                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7683                                      SourceLocation ColonLoc,
7684                                      SourceLocation EndLoc);
7685   /// \brief Called on well-formed 'aligned' clause.
7686   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPAlignedClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
7687                                       Expr *Alignment,
7688                                       SourceLocation StartLoc,
7689                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7690                                       SourceLocation ColonLoc,
7691                                       SourceLocation EndLoc);
7692   /// \brief Called on well-formed 'copyin' clause.
7693   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCopyinClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
7694                                      SourceLocation StartLoc,
7695                                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7696                                      SourceLocation EndLoc);
7697   /// \brief Called on well-formed 'copyprivate' clause.
7698   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCopyprivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
7699                                           SourceLocation StartLoc,
7700                                           SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7701                                           SourceLocation EndLoc);
7702   /// \brief Called on well-formed 'flush' pseudo clause.
7703   OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFlushClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
7704                                     SourceLocation StartLoc,
7705                                     SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7706                                     SourceLocation EndLoc);
7707 
7708   /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed.
7709   enum CheckedConversionKind {
7710     /// \brief An implicit conversion.
7711     CCK_ImplicitConversion,
7712     /// \brief A C-style cast.
7713     CCK_CStyleCast,
7714     /// \brief A functional-style cast.
7715     CCK_FunctionalCast,
7716     /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast.
7717     CCK_OtherCast
7718   };
7719 
7720   /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit
7721   /// cast.  If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one.
7722   /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue.
7723   ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK,
7724                                ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue,
7725                                const CXXCastPath *BasePath = nullptr,
7726                                CheckedConversionKind CCK
7727                                   = CCK_ImplicitConversion);
7728 
7729   /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding
7730   /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type.
7731   static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy);
7732 
7733   /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is
7734   /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are
7735   /// required.
7736   ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E);
7737 
7738   // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts
7739   // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1).
7740   ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E);
7741 
7742   /// CallExprUnaryConversions - a special case of an unary conversion
7743   /// performed on a function designator of a call expression.
7744   ExprResult CallExprUnaryConversions(Expr *E);
7745 
7746   // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays
7747   // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1).
7748   ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E);
7749 
7750   // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and
7751   // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the
7752   // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion.
7753   ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E);
7754 
7755   // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on
7756   // the operand.  This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion,
7757   // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array
7758   // type.
7759   ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E);
7760 
7761   // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
7762   // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each
7763   // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double.
7764   ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E);
7765 
7766   // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion
7767   enum VariadicCallType {
7768     VariadicFunction,
7769     VariadicBlock,
7770     VariadicMethod,
7771     VariadicConstructor,
7772     VariadicDoesNotApply
7773   };
7774 
7775   VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
7776                                        const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
7777                                        Expr *Fn);
7778 
7779   // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a
7780   // vararg function.
7781   enum VarArgKind {
7782     VAK_Valid,
7783     VAK_ValidInCXX11,
7784     VAK_Undefined,
7785     VAK_MSVCUndefined,
7786     VAK_Invalid
7787   };
7788 
7789   // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression.
7790   VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty);
7791 
7792   /// Check to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic
7793   /// function, issuing a diagnostic if not.
7794   void checkVariadicArgument(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT);
7795 
7796   /// Check to see if a given expression could have '.c_str()' called on it.
7797   bool hasCStrMethod(const Expr *E);
7798 
7799   /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various
7800   /// form of call prototypes.
7801   bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, FunctionDecl *FDecl,
7802                               const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
7803                               unsigned FirstParam, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
7804                               SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &AllArgs,
7805                               VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply,
7806                               bool AllowExplicit = false,
7807                               bool IsListInitialization = false);
7808 
7809   // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
7810   // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type.
7811   ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT,
7812                                               FunctionDecl *FDecl);
7813 
7814   // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's
7815   // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary
7816   // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
7817   // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
7818   // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
7819   QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7820                                       bool IsCompAssign = false);
7821 
7822   /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this
7823   /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed.  These checks are
7824   /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from
7825   /// function, argument passing, etc.  The query is phrased in terms of a
7826   /// source and destination type.
7827   enum AssignConvertType {
7828     /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard.
7829     Compatible,
7830 
7831     /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we
7832     /// accept as an extension.
7833     PointerToInt,
7834 
7835     /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we
7836     /// accept as an extension.
7837     IntToPointer,
7838 
7839     /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and
7840     /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension.
7841     FunctionVoidPointer,
7842 
7843     /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that
7844     /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension.
7845     IncompatiblePointer,
7846 
7847     /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types which
7848     /// point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise
7849     /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by
7850     /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers.
7851     IncompatiblePointerSign,
7852 
7853     /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards
7854     /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension.
7855     CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers,
7856 
7857     /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment
7858     /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded,
7859     /// like address spaces.
7860     IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers,
7861 
7862     /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two
7863     /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two
7864     /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an
7865     /// extension.
7866     IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers,
7867 
7868     /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that
7869     /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension.
7870     IncompatibleVectors,
7871 
7872     /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block
7873     /// pointer. We disallow this.
7874     IntToBlockPointer,
7875 
7876     /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block
7877     /// pointers types that are not compatible.
7878     IncompatibleBlockPointer,
7879 
7880     /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified
7881     /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example,
7882     /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol.
7883     IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId,
7884 
7885     /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an
7886     /// object with __weak qualifier.
7887     IncompatibleObjCWeakRef,
7888 
7889     /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to
7890     /// represent it in the AST.
7891     Incompatible
7892   };
7893 
7894   /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the
7895   /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy.  This returns true if the
7896   /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted.
7897   bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
7898                                 SourceLocation Loc,
7899                                 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
7900                                 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action,
7901                                 bool *Complained = nullptr);
7902 
7903   /// IsValueInFlagEnum - Determine if a value is allowed as part of a flag
7904   /// enum. If AllowMask is true, then we also allow the complement of a valid
7905   /// value, to be used as a mask.
7906   bool IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val,
7907                          bool AllowMask) const;
7908 
7909   /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant
7910   /// integer not in the range of enum values.
7911   void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
7912                               Expr *SrcExpr);
7913 
7914   /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment,
7915   /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values.
7916   /// C99 6.5.16.
7917   AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc,
7918                                                QualType LHSType,
7919                                                QualType RHSType);
7920 
7921   /// Check assignment constraints and prepare for a conversion of the
7922   /// RHS to the LHS type.
7923   AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType,
7924                                                ExprResult &RHS,
7925                                                CastKind &Kind);
7926 
7927   // CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints - Currently used by
7928   // CheckAssignmentOperands, and ActOnReturnStmt. Prior to type checking,
7929   // this routine performs the default function/array converions.
7930   AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType,
7931                                                      ExprResult &RHS,
7932                                                      bool Diagnose = true,
7933                                                      bool DiagnoseCFAudited = false);
7934 
7935   // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we
7936   // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression.
7937   AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType,
7938                                                              ExprResult &RHS);
7939 
7940   bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
7941 
7942   bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
7943 
7944   ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
7945                                        AssignmentAction Action,
7946                                        bool AllowExplicit = false);
7947   ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
7948                                        AssignmentAction Action,
7949                                        bool AllowExplicit,
7950                                        ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS);
7951   ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
7952                                        const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS,
7953                                        AssignmentAction Action,
7954                                        CheckedConversionKind CCK
7955                                           = CCK_ImplicitConversion);
7956   ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
7957                                        const StandardConversionSequence& SCS,
7958                                        AssignmentAction Action,
7959                                        CheckedConversionKind CCK);
7960 
7961   /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType
7962   /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued).
7963 
7964   /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp).
7965   QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS,
7966                            ExprResult &RHS);
7967   QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5
7968     ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK,
7969     SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect);
7970   QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5
7971     ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign,
7972     bool IsDivide);
7973   QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5
7974     ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
7975     bool IsCompAssign = false);
7976   QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
7977     ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc,
7978     QualType* CompLHSTy = nullptr);
7979   QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
7980     ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
7981     QualType* CompLHSTy = nullptr);
7982   QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7
7983     ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc,
7984     bool IsCompAssign = false);
7985   QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9
7986     ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned OpaqueOpc,
7987                                 bool isRelational);
7988   QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12]
7989     ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
7990     bool IsCompAssign = false);
7991   QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
7992     ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc);
7993   // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment.
7994   // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type.
7995   // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type.
7996   QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2]
7997     Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType);
7998 
7999   ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
8000                                      UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op);
8001   ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
8002                                          BinaryOperatorKind Opcode,
8003                                          Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
8004   ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E);
8005   Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E);
8006 
8007   QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15
8008     ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8009     ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
8010   QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16
8011     ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs,
8012     ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc);
8013   QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2,
8014                                     bool *NonStandardCompositeType = nullptr);
8015   QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc,
8016                                     ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2,
8017                                     bool *NonStandardCompositeType = nullptr) {
8018     Expr *E1Tmp = E1.get(), *E2Tmp = E2.get();
8019     QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp,
8020                                                   NonStandardCompositeType);
8021     E1 = E1Tmp;
8022     E2 = E2Tmp;
8023     return Composite;
8024   }
8025 
8026   QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8027                                         SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
8028 
8029   bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr,
8030                                   SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
8031 
8032   void DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer(Expr *E,
8033                                     Expr::NullPointerConstantKind NullType,
8034                                     bool IsEqual, SourceRange Range);
8035 
8036   /// type checking for vector binary operators.
8037   QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8038                                SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign);
8039   QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V);
8040   QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8041                                       SourceLocation Loc, bool isRelational);
8042   QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8043                                       SourceLocation Loc);
8044 
8045   bool isLaxVectorConversion(QualType srcType, QualType destType);
8046 
8047   /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8)
8048   bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t);
8049 
8050   // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]).
8051 
8052   /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two
8053   /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the
8054   /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4).
8055   enum ReferenceCompareResult {
8056     /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct
8057     /// reference binding is not possible.
8058     Ref_Incompatible = 0,
8059     /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means
8060     /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same
8061     /// or T1 is a base class of T2.
8062     Ref_Related,
8063     /// Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification - The two types are
8064     /// reference-compatible with added qualification, meaning that
8065     /// they are reference-compatible and the qualifiers on T1 (cv1)
8066     /// are greater than the qualifiers on T2 (cv2).
8067     Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification,
8068     /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible and
8069     /// have equivalent qualifiers (cv1 == cv2).
8070     Ref_Compatible
8071   };
8072 
8073   ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc,
8074                                                       QualType T1, QualType T2,
8075                                                       bool &DerivedToBase,
8076                                                       bool &ObjCConversion,
8077                                                 bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion);
8078 
8079   ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType,
8080                                  Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind,
8081                                  ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path);
8082 
8083   /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the
8084   /// given type.
8085   ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType);
8086 
8087   /// \brief Type-check an expression that's being passed to an
8088   /// __unknown_anytype parameter.
8089   ExprResult checkUnknownAnyArg(SourceLocation callLoc,
8090                                 Expr *result, QualType &paramType);
8091 
8092   // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors.
8093   // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this.
8094   // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size.
8095   // returns true if the cast is invalid
8096   bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
8097                        CastKind &Kind);
8098 
8099   // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors.
8100   // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this.
8101   // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size,
8102   // or vectors and the element type of that vector.
8103   // returns the cast expr
8104   ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr,
8105                                 CastKind &Kind);
8106 
8107   ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
8108                                         SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8109                                         Expr *CastExpr,
8110                                         SourceLocation RParenLoc);
8111 
8112   enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged };
8113 
8114   /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between
8115   /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds.
8116   ARCConversionResult CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange castRange,
8117                                              QualType castType, Expr *&op,
8118                                              CheckedConversionKind CCK,
8119                                              bool DiagnoseCFAudited = false,
8120                                              BinaryOperatorKind Opc = BO_PtrMemD
8121                                              );
8122 
8123   Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e);
8124   void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e);
8125 
8126   bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType,
8127                                              QualType ExprType);
8128 
8129   /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send
8130   /// might create an obvious retain cycle.
8131   void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg);
8132   void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument);
8133   void checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init);
8134 
8135   /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned
8136   /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type.
8137   bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS);
8138 
8139   /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned
8140   /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression.
8141   void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
8142 
8143   /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send.
8144   /// \param Method - May be null.
8145   /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send.
8146   /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types.
8147   bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType,
8148                                  MultiExprArg Args, Selector Sel,
8149                                  ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
8150                                  ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage,
8151                                  bool isSuperMessage,
8152                                  SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac,
8153                                  SourceRange RecRange,
8154                                  QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK);
8155 
8156   /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on
8157   /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message,
8158   /// and the form of the message send.
8159   QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType,
8160                                     ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
8161                                     bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage);
8162 
8163   /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method
8164   /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened.
8165   void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E);
8166 
8167   /// \brief Given that we had incompatible pointer types in a return
8168   /// statement, check whether we're in a method with a related result
8169   /// type, and if so, emit a note describing what happened.
8170   void EmitRelatedResultTypeNoteForReturn(QualType destType);
8171 
8172   /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of
8173   /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if
8174   /// statement).  Also performs the standard function and array
8175   /// decays, possibly changing the input variable.
8176   ///
8177   /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the
8178   /// 'if' keyword.
8179   /// \return true iff there were any errors
8180   ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
8181 
8182   ExprResult ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
8183                                    Expr *SubExpr);
8184 
8185   /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is
8186   /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment.
8187   void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E);
8188 
8189   /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate
8190   /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition.
8191   void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE);
8192 
8193   /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid.
8194   ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr);
8195 
8196   /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have
8197   /// the specified width and sign.  If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit
8198   /// the specified diagnostic.
8199   void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal,
8200                                           unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign,
8201                                           SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID);
8202 
8203   /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope.
8204   /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared
8205   /// in the global scope.
8206   bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D);
8207 
8208   /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant
8209   /// expression violations.
8210   class VerifyICEDiagnoser {
8211   public:
8212     bool Suppress;
8213 
Suppress(Suppress)8214     VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { }
8215 
8216     virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0;
8217     virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR);
~VerifyICEDiagnoser()8218     virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { }
8219   };
8220 
8221   /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE,
8222   /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success.
8223   /// Can optionally return the value of the expression.
8224   ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
8225                                              VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser,
8226                                              bool AllowFold = true);
8227   ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
8228                                              unsigned DiagID,
8229                                              bool AllowFold = true);
8230   ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E,
8231                                              llvm::APSInt *Result = nullptr);
8232 
8233   /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has
8234   /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid.
8235   /// Returns false on success.
8236   /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0
8237   ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
8238                             QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct,
8239                             Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth = nullptr);
8240 
8241   enum CUDAFunctionTarget {
8242     CFT_Device,
8243     CFT_Global,
8244     CFT_Host,
8245     CFT_HostDevice,
8246     CFT_InvalidTarget
8247   };
8248 
8249   CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D);
8250 
8251   bool CheckCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *Caller, const FunctionDecl *Callee);
8252 
8253   /// Given a implicit special member, infer its CUDA target from the
8254   /// calls it needs to make to underlying base/field special members.
8255   /// \param ClassDecl the class for which the member is being created.
8256   /// \param CSM the kind of special member.
8257   /// \param MemberDecl the special member itself.
8258   /// \param ConstRHS true if this is a copy operation with a const object on
8259   ///        its RHS.
8260   /// \param Diagnose true if this call should emit diagnostics.
8261   /// \return true if there was an error inferring.
8262   /// The result of this call is implicit CUDA target attribute(s) attached to
8263   /// the member declaration.
8264   bool inferCUDATargetForImplicitSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
8265                                                CXXSpecialMember CSM,
8266                                                CXXMethodDecl *MemberDecl,
8267                                                bool ConstRHS,
8268                                                bool Diagnose);
8269 
8270   /// \name Code completion
8271   //@{
8272   /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs.
8273   enum ParserCompletionContext {
8274     /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context.
8275     PCC_Namespace,
8276     /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union.
8277     PCC_Class,
8278     /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol,
8279     /// or category.
8280     PCC_ObjCInterface,
8281     /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or
8282     /// category implementation
8283     PCC_ObjCImplementation,
8284     /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables
8285     /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation.
8286     PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList,
8287     /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template
8288     /// headers.
8289     PCC_Template,
8290     /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template
8291     /// headers within a class.
8292     PCC_MemberTemplate,
8293     /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression.
8294     PCC_Expression,
8295     /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may
8296     /// also be an expression or a declaration.
8297     PCC_Statement,
8298     /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the
8299     /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop.
8300     PCC_ForInit,
8301     /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if,
8302     /// while, switch, or for statement.
8303     PCC_Condition,
8304     /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a
8305     /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position
8306     /// in the grammar.
8307     PCC_RecoveryInFunction,
8308     /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted.
8309     PCC_Type,
8310     /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which
8311     /// might also be a type cast.
8312     PCC_ParenthesizedExpression,
8313     /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration
8314     /// specifiers within a function, method, or block.
8315     PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers
8316   };
8317 
8318   void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path);
8319   void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S,
8320                                 ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext);
8321   void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
8322                             bool AllowNonIdentifiers,
8323                             bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers);
8324 
8325   struct CodeCompleteExpressionData;
8326   void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S,
8327                               const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data);
8328   void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
8329                                        SourceLocation OpLoc,
8330                                        bool IsArrow);
8331   void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS);
8332   void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec);
8333   void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS);
8334   void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S);
8335   void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args);
8336   void CodeCompleteConstructor(Scope *S, QualType Type, SourceLocation Loc,
8337                                ArrayRef<Expr *> Args);
8338   void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D);
8339   void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S);
8340   void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S);
8341   void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS);
8342 
8343   void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
8344                                bool EnteringContext);
8345   void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S);
8346   void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S);
8347   void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S);
8348   void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S);
8349   void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S);
8350   void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer(
8351                                 Decl *Constructor,
8352                                 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers);
8353 
8354   void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
8355                                     bool AfterAmpersand);
8356 
8357   void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S);
8358   void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S);
8359   void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S);
8360   void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S);
8361   void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS);
8362   void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S);
8363   void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S);
8364   void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS,
8365                                    bool IsParameter);
8366   void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S);
8367   void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
8368                                     ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
8369                                     bool AtArgumentExpression);
8370   void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver,
8371                                     ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
8372                                     bool AtArgumentExpression,
8373                                     bool IsSuper = false);
8374   void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver,
8375                                        ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
8376                                        bool AtArgumentExpression,
8377                                        ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = nullptr);
8378   void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S,
8379                                      DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar);
8380   void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S,
8381                                 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents);
8382   void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(IdentifierLocPair *Protocols,
8383                                           unsigned NumProtocols);
8384   void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S);
8385   void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S);
8386   void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S,
8387                                   IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
8388                                   SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
8389   void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S);
8390   void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S,
8391                                          IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
8392                                          SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
8393   void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S,
8394                                               IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
8395                                               SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
8396   void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S);
8397   void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S,
8398                                               IdentifierInfo *PropertyName);
8399   void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S,
8400                                   bool IsInstanceMethod,
8401                                   ParsedType ReturnType);
8402   void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S,
8403                                           bool IsInstanceMethod,
8404                                           bool AtParameterName,
8405                                           ParsedType ReturnType,
8406                                           ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents);
8407   void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional);
8408   void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S);
8409   void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition);
8410   void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression();
8411   void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S,
8412                                              IdentifierInfo *Macro,
8413                                              MacroInfo *MacroInfo,
8414                                              unsigned Argument);
8415   void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage();
8416   void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator,
8417                                    CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo,
8418                   SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results);
8419   //@}
8420 
8421   //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8422   // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system
8423 
8424 public:
8425   SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL,
8426                                                 unsigned ByteNo) const;
8427 
8428 private:
8429   void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr,
8430                         const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=nullptr,
8431                         bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false);
8432   void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E);
8433   // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a
8434   // FunctionDeclaration.
8435   struct FormatStringInfo {
8436     unsigned FormatIdx;
8437     unsigned FirstDataArg;
8438     bool HasVAListArg;
8439   };
8440 
8441   bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember,
8442                            FormatStringInfo *FSI);
8443   bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
8444                          const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
8445   bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc,
8446                            ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args);
8447   bool CheckPointerCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
8448                         const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
8449   bool CheckOtherCall(CallExpr *TheCall, const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
8450   void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
8451                             ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
8452                             const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
8453                             SourceLocation Loc);
8454 
8455   void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
8456                  unsigned NumParams, bool IsMemberFunction, SourceLocation Loc,
8457                  SourceRange Range, VariadicCallType CallType);
8458 
8459   bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg);
8460 
8461   ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
8462 		                      unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
8463 
8464   bool CheckARMBuiltinExclusiveCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall,
8465                                     unsigned MaxWidth);
8466   bool CheckNeonBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
8467   bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
8468 
8469   bool CheckAArch64BuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
8470   bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
8471   bool CheckSystemZBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
8472   bool CheckX86BuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
8473   bool CheckPPCBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
8474 
8475   bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall);
8476   bool SemaBuiltinVAStartARM(CallExpr *Call);
8477   bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall);
8478   bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs);
8479 
8480 public:
8481   // Used by C++ template instantiation.
8482   ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall);
8483   ExprResult SemaConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
8484                                    SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
8485                                    SourceLocation RParenLoc);
8486 
8487 private:
8488   bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall);
8489   bool SemaBuiltinAssume(CallExpr *TheCall);
8490   bool SemaBuiltinAssumeAligned(CallExpr *TheCall);
8491   bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall);
8492   bool SemaBuiltinSetjmp(CallExpr *TheCall);
8493   ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult);
8494   ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult,
8495                                      AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op);
8496   bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
8497                               llvm::APSInt &Result);
8498   bool SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
8499                                    int Low, int High);
8500 
8501 public:
8502   enum FormatStringType {
8503     FST_Scanf,
8504     FST_Printf,
8505     FST_NSString,
8506     FST_Strftime,
8507     FST_Strfmon,
8508     FST_Kprintf,
8509     FST_FreeBSDKPrintf,
8510     FST_OSTrace,
8511     FST_Unknown
8512   };
8513   static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format);
8514 
8515   void CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr, const Expr *OrigFormatExpr,
8516                          ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, bool HasVAListArg,
8517                          unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg,
8518                          FormatStringType Type, bool inFunctionCall,
8519                          VariadicCallType CallType,
8520                          llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs);
8521 
8522   bool FormatStringHasSArg(const StringLiteral *FExpr);
8523 
8524   bool GetFormatNSStringIdx(const FormatAttr *Format, unsigned &Idx);
8525 
8526 private:
8527   bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format,
8528                             ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
8529                             bool IsCXXMember,
8530                             VariadicCallType CallType,
8531                             SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
8532                             llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs);
8533   bool CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
8534                             bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
8535                             unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type,
8536                             VariadicCallType CallType,
8537                             SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range,
8538                             llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs);
8539 
8540   void CheckAbsoluteValueFunction(const CallExpr *Call,
8541                                   const FunctionDecl *FDecl,
8542                                   IdentifierInfo *FnInfo);
8543 
8544   void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
8545                                unsigned BId,
8546                                IdentifierInfo *FnName);
8547 
8548   void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
8549                                 IdentifierInfo *FnName);
8550 
8551   void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
8552                              IdentifierInfo *FnName);
8553 
8554   void CheckReturnValExpr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType,
8555                           SourceLocation ReturnLoc,
8556                           bool isObjCMethod = false,
8557                           const AttrVec *Attrs = nullptr,
8558                           const FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr);
8559 
8560   void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr* RHS);
8561   void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation());
8562   void CheckBoolLikeConversion(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC);
8563   void CheckForIntOverflow(Expr *E);
8564   void CheckUnsequencedOperations(Expr *E);
8565 
8566   /// \brief Perform semantic checks on a completed expression. This will either
8567   /// be a full-expression or a default argument expression.
8568   void CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc = SourceLocation(),
8569                           bool IsConstexpr = false);
8570 
8571   void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field,
8572                                    Expr *Init);
8573 
8574   /// \brief Check if the given expression contains 'break' or 'continue'
8575   /// statement that produces control flow different from GCC.
8576   void CheckBreakContinueBinding(Expr *E);
8577 
8578   /// \brief Check whether receiver is mutable ObjC container which
8579   /// attempts to add itself into the container
8580   void CheckObjCCircularContainer(ObjCMessageExpr *Message);
8581 
8582 public:
8583   /// \brief Register a magic integral constant to be used as a type tag.
8584   void RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind,
8585                                   uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type,
8586                                   bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull);
8587 
8588   struct TypeTagData {
TypeTagDataTypeTagData8589     TypeTagData() {}
8590 
TypeTagDataTypeTagData8591     TypeTagData(QualType Type, bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull) :
8592         Type(Type), LayoutCompatible(LayoutCompatible),
8593         MustBeNull(MustBeNull)
8594     {}
8595 
8596     QualType Type;
8597 
8598     /// If true, \c Type should be compared with other expression's types for
8599     /// layout-compatibility.
8600     unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1;
8601     unsigned MustBeNull : 1;
8602   };
8603 
8604   /// A pair of ArgumentKind identifier and magic value.  This uniquely
8605   /// identifies the magic value.
8606   typedef std::pair<const IdentifierInfo *, uint64_t> TypeTagMagicValue;
8607 
8608 private:
8609   /// \brief A map from magic value to type information.
8610   std::unique_ptr<llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData>>
8611       TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues;
8612 
8613   /// \brief Peform checks on a call of a function with argument_with_type_tag
8614   /// or pointer_with_type_tag attributes.
8615   void CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr,
8616                                 const Expr * const *ExprArgs);
8617 
8618   /// \brief The parser's current scope.
8619   ///
8620   /// The parser maintains this state here.
8621   Scope *CurScope;
8622 
8623   mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident_super;
8624   mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident___float128;
8625 
8626 protected:
8627   friend class Parser;
8628   friend class InitializationSequence;
8629   friend class ASTReader;
8630   friend class ASTWriter;
8631 
8632 public:
8633   /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope.
8634   ///
8635   /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis
8636   /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case
8637   /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation.
8638   /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser
8639   /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from
8640   /// template substitution or instantiation.
getCurScope()8641   Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; }
8642 
incrementMSManglingNumber()8643   void incrementMSManglingNumber() const {
8644     return CurScope->incrementMSManglingNumber();
8645   }
8646 
8647   IdentifierInfo *getSuperIdentifier() const;
8648   IdentifierInfo *getFloat128Identifier() const;
8649 
8650   Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const;
8651 
getCurLexicalContext()8652   DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const {
8653     return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext;
8654   }
8655 
8656   AvailabilityResult getCurContextAvailability() const;
8657 
getCurObjCLexicalContext()8658   const DeclContext *getCurObjCLexicalContext() const {
8659     const DeclContext *DC = getCurLexicalContext();
8660     // A category implicitly has the attribute of the interface.
8661     if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC))
8662       DC = CatD->getClassInterface();
8663     return DC;
8664   }
8665 
8666   /// \brief To be used for checking whether the arguments being passed to
8667   /// function exceeds the number of parameters expected for it.
8668   static bool TooManyArguments(size_t NumParams, size_t NumArgs,
8669                                bool PartialOverloading = false) {
8670     // We check whether we're just after a comma in code-completion.
8671     if (NumArgs > 0 && PartialOverloading)
8672       return NumArgs + 1 > NumParams; // If so, we view as an extra argument.
8673     return NumArgs > NumParams;
8674   }
8675 };
8676 
8677 /// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context.
8678 class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext {
8679   Sema &Actions;
8680 
8681 public:
8682   EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions,
8683                                    Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
8684                                    Decl *LambdaContextDecl = nullptr,
8685                                    bool IsDecltype = false)
Actions(Actions)8686     : Actions(Actions) {
8687     Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl,
8688                                             IsDecltype);
8689   }
8690   EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions,
8691                                    Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
8692                                    Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t,
8693                                    bool IsDecltype = false)
Actions(Actions)8694     : Actions(Actions) {
8695     Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext,
8696                                             Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl,
8697                                             IsDecltype);
8698   }
8699 
~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext()8700   ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() {
8701     Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
8702   }
8703 };
8704 
8705 DeductionFailureInfo
8706 MakeDeductionFailureInfo(ASTContext &Context, Sema::TemplateDeductionResult TDK,
8707                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
8708 
8709 /// \brief Contains a late templated function.
8710 /// Will be parsed at the end of the translation unit, used by Sema & Parser.
8711 struct LateParsedTemplate {
8712   CachedTokens Toks;
8713   /// \brief The template function declaration to be late parsed.
8714   Decl *D;
8715 };
8716 
8717 } // end namespace clang
8718 
8719 #endif
8720